Meme Corporate Governance

Can retail investors revolutionize corporate governance and make public companies more responsive to social concerns? Beginning in 2021, there was a dramatic influx of retail investors into the shareholder base of “meme” stock companies such as GameStop, AMC, and Bed Bath & Beyond. Observing the unprecedented, coordinated trading among retail investors, scholars and practitioners predicted that the influx of retail investors would reduce the power of large institutional investors and democratize corporate governance. These predictions were driven by three factors: generational, with assumptions that millennial and Gen Z investors would challenge corporate management; societal, reflecting growing discontent with slow progress on issues such as sustainability and boardroom diversity; and technological, with the advent of easily accessible and user-friendly mobile apps allowing investors to directly intervene in corporate governance. While plausible, these predictions have so far not been tested. This Article empirically analyzes the impact of retail investors on corporate governance, particularly at meme stock companies. We provide new quantitative evidence regarding the origins of meme investing and conclude that—despite their coordinated trading behavior in the market—meme investors have not democratized corporate governance or advanced social issues. The Article presents three principal findings. First, we show how the “meme stock” frenzy was affected by the abolition of trading commissions by major brokerages in 2019. Meme stock companies experienced positive abnormal stock returns when commission-free trading was widely introduced and saw elevated trading volumes afterward. Second, we find that despite the promise of a more active retail shareholder base, meme stock companies experienced a significant decrease in shareholder voting. Shareholder proposals have also been very limited, with most meme stock companies seeing no proposals after the rapid rise in retail ownership. Third, we do not find any improvement in meme stock companies’ corporate governance, financial performance, and social responsibility, as represented by director independence, board gender diversity, ESG scores, and capital and R&D expenditures. Collectively, our findings suggest that the influx of retail shareholders has not translated into more “democratic” governance regimes or encouraged shareholder participation in corporate governance at companies most affected by the meme investor storm.

INTRODUCTION

Buoyed by pandemic checks and the advent of commission-free mobile apps such as Robinhood, retail investors took Wall Street by storm in early 2021.1Robinhood utilizes the payment for order flow (“PFOF”) business model, under which the company receives payment from market makers in return for delivering a large order flow. For more detailed information, see Siqi Wang, Consumers Beware: How Are Your Favorite “Free” Investment Apps Regulated?, 19 Duke L. & Tech. Rev. 43, 50, 52–53 (2021); Robert H. Battalio & Tim Loughran, Does Payment for Order Flow to Your Broker Help or Hurt You?, 80 J. Bus. Ethics 37, 38, 41 (2008); and Kate Rooney & Maggie Fitzgerald, Here’s How Robinhood Is Raking in Record Cash on Customer Trades—Despite Making It Free, CNBC (Aug. 14, 2020, 10:17 AM), https://www.cnbc.com/2020/08/13/how-robinhood-makes-money-on-customer-trades-despite-making-it-free.html [https://perma.cc/KGD2-AP47]. In our companion paper, we discuss the development and evolution of the PFOF system in more detail. See generally Dhruv Aggarwal, Albert H. Choi & Yoon-Ho Alex Lee, The Meme Stock Frenzy: Origins and Implications, 96 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1387 (2024). Coordinating through social media sites such as Reddit and using catchy “memes,”2A “meme” is “a . . . chunk of information . . . [that] self-replicates because we humans like to share and repeat stuff.” See Alexis Benveniste, The Meaning and History of Memes, N.Y. Times (Jan. 26, 2022), (quoting Professor Kirby Conrod), https://www.nytimes.com/2022/01/26/crosswords/what-is-a-meme.html [https://perma.cc/KA9U-JLWU]. retail investors engaged in an active “buy” campaign to dramatically push up the GameStop stock price from $4 a share to a stratospheric level of over $485 per share. GameStop, a gaming merchandise retailer, had been losing money and seemed headed toward bankruptcy.3See generally GameStop Corp., Registration Statement (Form S-3) (Dec. 8, 2020); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (June 9, 2020); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (Sept. 9, 2020); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (Dec. 8, 2020); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (June 9, 2021); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (Sept. 8, 2021); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (Dec. 8, 2021); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (June 1, 2022); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (Sept. 7, 2022); GameStop Corp., Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (Dec. 7, 2022); GameStop Corp., Annual Report (Form 10-K) (Mar. 27, 2020); GameStop Corp., Annual Report (Form 10-K) (Mar. 23, 2021); GameStop Corp., Annual Report (Form 10-K) (Mar. 17, 2022). A number of hedge funds had taken large short positions against the stock, betting that the price would drop even further.4See, e.g., Laurence Fletcher, Hedge Fund That Bet Against GameStop Shuts Down, Fin. Times (June 21, 2021), https://www.ft.com/content/397bdbe9-f257-4ca6-b600-1756804517b6 [https://perma.cc/65FN-HDPB]. Meme investors seem to have been motivated to “punish” the hedge funds by driving up the stock price and creating a “short squeeze” against them.5Tim Hasso, Daniel Müller, Matthias Pelster & Sonja Warkulat, Who Participated in the GameStop Frenzy? Evidence from Brokerage Accounts, Fin. Rsch. Letters, Mar. 2022, at 1, 4. Using a sample of all trades that took place on GameStop with a broker between December 1, 2020, and February 12, 2021, the authors were able to show that many retail investors closed their positions before the price peak and other retail investors even took a short position against GameStop. Id. The evidence that many retail investors had a strong interest in taking a bet against Wall Street suggests that their interests were not merely “financial,” and they were willing to pay a price that is higher than what the firm’s financials (or “fundamentals”) dictated. Given that many meme companies, including GameStop and Bed Bath & Beyond, are performing quite poorly and many retail investors are staying loyal to these companies long after the meme surge, these long-term retail investors are also likely to be motivated by non-financial interests, such as the company’s survival. The end result was a severe loss and a subsequent retreat for the hedge funds.6See, e.g., Toby Mathis, How Much Did Hedge Funds Lose on GameStop?, Infinity Investing (Sept. 27, 2021), https://infinityinvesting.com/gamestop-hedge-fund [https://perma.cc/PT7J-3EPE]. Eventually, Melvin Capital would shut down a little more than a year later. See Reuters, Melvin Capital to Shut After Heavy Losses on Meme Stocks, Market Slump, CNN (May 19, 2022, 12:48 PM), https://www.cnn.com/2022/05/19/investing/melvin-capital-hedge-fund-closes/index.html [https://perma.cc/BJ5H-EXRC]. For a detailed exposition of how the GameStop saga unfolded in January of 2021, see generally Jill E. Fisch, GameStop and the Reemergence of the Retail Investor, 102 B.U. L. Rev. 1799 (2022). Taking advantage of the elevated stock price, GameStop raised large amounts of capital through stock sales,7See, e.g., GameStop, Prospectus Supplement 2 (Apr. 5, 2021) (“We have previously sold an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares of our common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $556,691,221 pursuant to the Sales Agreement and the prospectus supplement filed by us on April 5, 2021.”). While it is reasonable to expect most meme stock companies to raise capital during moments of meme surges, our EDGAR search of SEC filings shows that only two companies—GameStop and AMC Entertainment—took advantage of meme surges and made offerings. Other meme stock companies may have chosen not to take advantage of meme surges out of the concern that they may be blamed for knowingly selling shares at an inflated price. See, e.g., Matt Levine, Money Stuff: Meme Stocks Will Come with a Warning, Bloomberg (Feb. 9, 2021, 9:03 AM), https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2021-02-09/the-sec-wants-reddit-meme-stocks-to-admit-they-re-dangerous-kky96vuo [https://perma.cc/CM8Z-TJXP]. After the capital raising, AMC Entertainment attempted to increase the authorized number of common shares to engage in further equity issuance, but the amendment proposal was resisted by the stockholders and was later dropped. More recently, AMC Entertainment issued AMC Preferred Equity Units (“APEs”), with the same economic rights as common stock, using the board’s authority to issue preferred stock to get around the charter amendment issue. See, e.g., Matt Levine, AMC Has Some Clever APEs, Bloomberg (Feb. 1, 2023, 10:15 AM), https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2023-02-01/amc-has-some-clever-apes [https://perma.cc/DP3K-MQUU]. alleviating its dire liquidity condition. Retail shareholders, who have long played second-fiddle to institutional asset managers and pension funds, thus seemed to have vanquished Wall Street hedge funds and resurrected an ailing company destined for bankruptcy.

Over the ensuing months, it became clear that the GameStop saga was but one instance of more widespread meme stock surges. A number of other companies (hereinafter “meme stock companies” or “meme companies”) would experience surges in their stock prices, which, like GameStop, could not be explained by their financial fundamentals. Investing has become a social phenomenon. Furthermore, meme investing has remained a persistent phenomenon: long after the GameStop saga, meme investors continue to target regional bank stocks,8See Gunjan Banerji, Are Regional Banks the New Meme Stocks?, Wall St. J. (May 5, 2023, 6:37 PM), https://www.wsj.com/livecoverage/stock-market-today-dow-jones-05-05-2023/card/are-regional-banks-the-new-meme-stocks–6I9cBRACnUKp9dZk5ivc [https://perma.cc/33QS-YKJH]. special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”),9See Chris Bryant, SPAC + Meme Stock = A Dangerous Combination, Bloomberg (Sept. 27, 2022, 2:30 AM), https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2022-09-27/what-s-wrong-with-this-spac-picture-gety-stings-warrants [https://perma.cc/5AGY-GR3M]. and even firms that have filed for bankruptcy.10See Angelique Chen & Krystal Hu, Analysis: Meme Stock Investors Bet on Bankrupt Revlon Being the Next Hertz, Reuters (June 27, 2022, 3:06 AM), https://www.reuters.com/markets/us/meme-stock-investors-place-risky-bet-bankrupt-revlon-being-next-hertz-2022-06-27 [https://perma.cc/6MJ9-RRS7]. What this persistence implies is that GameStop’s meme surge was not a one-time event: meme investing and meme surges are here to stay. Furthermore, the meme surges tell us a broader and more generalizable story about the behavior of retail investors and the impact of the change in shareholder base. The potentially transformative effect of retail investors—driven by demographic, societal, and technological factors—has emerged as one of the central debates in corporate finance and corporate governance.

These experiences have motivated scholars, practitioners, and policymakers to ask several important questions. What impact did the influx of retail shareholders have on meme stock companies? More specifically, how did the new retail shareholders affect their governance and performance? Do the meme surges signify broader and more general implications for corporate and financial law and policy?

This Article’s key contribution is to focus on meme stock companies—the firms where retail investors are most likely to have become more powerful—and empirically test how corporate governance and performance has been affected by the dramatic influx of retail investors in their shareholder base. We start by analyzing the background of meme trading. The existing scholarship has almost exclusively associated meme stocks with the surge in social media interest (such as Reddit forums) in these companies starting in 2021.11See, e.g., Sue S. Guan, Meme Investors and Retail Risk, 63 B.C. L. Rev. 2051, 2054 (2022) (defining meme investors as a “subset of retail investors that were involved in stock rallies fueled by social media”). While social media surely played an important role in popularizing these stocks, we trace the origins of meme trading further back, to the pre-pandemic era. Using an event study methodology, we find that meme stocks exhibited abnormal returns (and an abnormal increase in trading volume) in October 2019, when major brokerages abolished commissions for trading.12See infra Figure 1. This suggests that meme stock companies were well positioned to benefit from the subsequent surge in retail investor interest: zero-commission trading laid the groundwork for the subsequent surge. The emergence and the significance of zero-commission trading for the meme stock phenomenon implies more fundamental changes that can happen at other public companies and across the financial markets.

After documenting the impact of zero-commission trading on meme stocks, we proceed to examine the consequences of meme trading for corporate governance and performance at meme stock companies. Specifically, we ask: Did the influx of retail investors create a more engaged shareholder base at meme stock companies and change corporate governance or environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) activity at these companies? To answer these questions, we begin with corporate law’s paradigmatic framework for shareholder influence in public corporations: voting and shareholder proposals.13See generally Frank H. Easterbrook & Daniel R. Fischel, Voting in Corporate Law, 26 J.L. & Econ. 395 (1983); Marcel Kahan & Edward Rock, The Hanging Chads of Corporate Voting, 96 Geo. L.J. 1227 (2008). Somewhat surprisingly, we find that non-voting—that is, the share of votes that were not cast for or against, or marked as abstentions—significantly increased in the year of the meme surge for meme stock companies, as compared with other, non-meme stock companies.14See infra Figure 3. Even more surprisingly, we find that the fraction of non-votes began to increase in 2019 and continued to increase in 2022, long before and after the meme surge of 2021. By late 2021 and early 2022 the retail investors who remain loyal to the company would presumably care more about the company’s (long-term) performance and governance.15Although we do not have a direct measure on what fraction of the non-votes came from retail shareholders, since non-voting is usually associated with retail investors (as shown in the existing literature), the finding suggests that meme traders were apathetic in their role as stockholders and did not exercise their franchise. The fact that the level of shareholder engagement seems to be getting worse in 2019 and 2022 indicates that the increase in non-vote shares is not driven just by short-term speculators.

Turning to shareholder proposals, we find no evidence that shareholders at meme stock companies are more likely to participate in governance activities by submitting shareholder proposals, either before or after the meme surge.16See infra Table 5. Between 2015 and 2022, only one meme stock company—Bed Bath & Beyond—had any shareholder proposals included in the company’s definitive proxy statements at all (three proposals, all in 2016), but these proposals predate the introduction of zero-commission trading and the influx of retail investors. Within the sample companies, there was also no record of any shareholder proposal being excluded via the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) no-action letter process during the sample period—apart from GameStop, which successfully excluded three shareholder proposals submitted in 2022. The evidence is consistent with retail investors brought in by the meme phenomenon being either uninterested in voting or making proposals, or unable to do so effectively.

Third, we examine whether retail investors might have had an indirect effect on meme stock companies. One of the most visible ways contemporary insurgent shareholders can affect company policy is to alter its orientation toward ESG goals. For example, in 2021, a small hedge fund (named Engine No. 1) waged a stunningly successful campaign to install three of its directors on the Exxon Mobil board to pressure the energy company to reduce its carbon footprint.17See Matt Phillips, Exxon’s Board Defeat Signals the Rise of Social-Good Activists, N.Y. Times (June 9, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/09/business/exxon-mobil-engine-no1-activist.html [https://perma.cc/S3ZK-MC44]. Utilizing the data from the standard MSCI ESG Indexes, we find that meme stock companies actually deteriorated in terms of prosocial performance after the meme surge of 2021.18See infra Table 6. We also look at whether meme stock companies performed better in terms of director independence or board gender diversity—other salient issues in corporate governance—and find no evidence that meme stock companies performed better (or worse) on these metrics after the surge of retail investor interest.19See infra Tables 7, 8. Thus, meme retail investors do not seem to have made their companies’ policies more prosocial or improved the quality of corporate governance. If anything, the ESG result suggests that these firms’ orientation toward social causes may have worsened in recent years.

As a final measure of indirect impact, we look at how the affected companies changed their operations and performance after both the abolition of commissions in 2019 and the meme surge of early 2021. Meme stock companies’ average return on assets (“ROA”), an important metric for profitability, has substantially worsened over the period compared with non-meme stock companies. If meme investors were engaged and pushing management to make value-increasing investments, one might have expected a rise in expenditures on research and development (“R&D”) or capital investments. These expenses could potentially help meme stock companies adjust their business model and business operations so that they can improve their long-term profitability. We instead find that meme stock companies significantly reduced R&D expenses after the influx of retail investors.20See infra Part V. Although we will explain in more detail in Part V, we do want to caution, however, that many of the meme stock companies were suffering from a liquidity crisis, which likely did not help in giving them room to make long-term investments. This result suggests that retail shareholders may not be effective in (directly or indirectly) pressuring management to make productive investments. This contrasts with the findings that an increase in institutional investor ownership is correlated with more innovative activities at firms.21See Brian J. Bushee, The Influence of Institutional Investors on Myopic R&D Investment Behavior, 73 Acct. Rev. 305, 315, 322, 328 (1998) (showing less “myopic” research & development (“R&D”) spending when the share of institutional holdings increases); Philippe Aghion, John Van Reenen & Luigi Zingales, Innovation and Institutional Ownership, 103 Am. Econ. Rev. 277, 278 (2013) (showing how increase in institutional ownership increases more innovative activities at firms, including R&D expenditure); Ian R. Appel, Todd A. Gormley & Donald B. Keim, Passive Investors, Not Passive Owners, 121 J. Fin. Econ. 111, 115, 133 (2016) (making similar findings when institutional ownership increases due to changes in Russell 1000 and 2000 index compositions); see also Ming Dong, David Hirshleifer & Siew Hong Teoh, Misvaluation and Corporate Inventiveness, 56 J. Fin. & Quantitative Analysis 2605, 2628–69 (2021) (documenting an increase in R&D activity, among others, when firms are “overvalued” due to mutual fund inflows).

Viewing these results collectively, we find that there is, so far, little evidence to suggest that corporate governance is being “democratized” in the way that the investing public has been. The organized movement among retail investors seems to be limited to their trading behavior and has not otherwise affected retail shareholders’ engagement with corporations in a noticeable way.22In a sense, retail investors can be seen as mirror images of institutional investors, who are often passive as investors, while remaining active as shareholders. See Appel et al., supra note 21. If anything, the evidence points in the opposite direction. As a large block of retail investors remain passive, paradoxically, this can give institutional shareholders, who are active shareholders,23See id. even more influence. We do not take issue with the three trends identified as potentially presaging a larger role for retail investors: generational shifts in investor attitudes, societal concerns over social and environmental issues, and technological changes making it easier for retail investors to participate in financial markets. Nevertheless, our empirical findings show that corporate governance has not significantly been democratized or changed yet, even at the companies most dramatically affected by the influx of retail shareholders.24As we explain in Section V.B, the prospects for retail shareholder governance may diminish even further, at least in the near future, due to regulatory changes such as the SEC raising thresholds for submitting shareholder proposals under Rule 14a-8. See 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8 (2024).

The remainder of this Article is organized as follows: Part I surveys the demographic, societal, and technological changes that have led some commentators and scholars to express high hopes for the impact of meme and other retail investors on corporate governance. Part II explains our data sources and presents summary statistics. Part III examines the origins of meme trading and explains the importance of the 2019 abolition of commissions by online brokerages. Part IV shows that, despite the surge of retail investor interest in meme stock companies, shareholder nonvoting at meme stock companies increased in recent years, and retail investors failed to make much of an impact using the shareholder proposal process. Part V looks at potential indirect effects of shareholder engagements, such as firm ESG performance, board independence, gender diversity, R&D, and capital expenditures. We find that these companies have not become more prosocial recently, and meme firms’ ESG scores have decreased. We also find that these companies decreased both R&D as well as capital expenditures. In Part VI, we explore potential reasons as to why corporate governance has not been democratized notwithstanding the prevailing scholarly predictions. In doing so, we highlight important differences between the activities involved in meme investing versus those involved in meme shareholding. We then conclude and offer some possible directions for a future meme stock research agenda.

I.  RETAIL INVESTORS, RETAIL SHAREHOLDERS, AND MEME TRADERS

When GameStop was experiencing a dramatic meme surge in January 2021, it was easy to dismiss the phenomenon as a transient anomaly that could be explained away by pandemic boredom and stimulus checks.25See Joe Rennison & Stephen Gandel, Meme Stocks Are Back. Here’s Why Wild Trading May Be Here to Stay., N.Y. Times (Aug. 19, 2022), https://www.nytimes.com/2022/08/19/business/meme-stocks-bed-bath-beyond.html [https://perma.cc/7KUN-6ASL]. However, the pandemic has long ended and meme surges continue, albeit sporadically. Experts now believe meme trading is here to stay.26See id. If meme trading has become a fact of life, it begs the question of what we should expect from retail investors participating in meme trading or trading more generally. Given that (coordinated) retail investing is here to stay, what impact will the shifting of the shareholder and investor base away from institutional shareholders and toward retail shareholders have on financial markets and corporations?

There are three principal drivers scholars and commentators have proposed as to how retail investors have become poised to transform financial markets and corporate governance. The first relates to perceived generational shifts in investor preferences. In this story, millennials and Gen Z entering the market as retail investors will seek to create a footprint, based on their social, cultural, and distributional preferences, on corporate policies.27See Fisch, supra note 6, at 1841–42, 1846–47; Sergio Alberto Gramitto Ricci & Christina M. Sautter, Corporate Governance Gaming: The Collective Power of Retail Investors, 22 Nev. L.J. 51, 90–95 (2021) [hereinafter Gramitto Ricci & Sautter, Corporate Governance Gaming]; Sergio Alberto Gramitto Ricci & Christina M. Sautter, The Wireless Investors Movement, U. Chi. Bus. L. Rev.: Online Edition (Jan. 28, 2022), https://businesslawreview.uchicago.edu/online-archive/wireless-investors-movement [https://perma.cc/XZ5J-DMXC] (contending that retail trading “will naturally expand into corporate-governance-based initiatives”). Some analyses of these market participants have concluded that this generation cares deeply about issues beyond profit maximization, and are willing to forsake returns to pursue these interests through the corporation. For instance, Professors Michal Barzuza, Quinn Curtis, and David Webber argue that in order to attract investment from millennials, index funds should push more for various governance and social changes at companies—such as board diversity—which are issues that millennials care about.28See Michal Barzuza, Quinn Curtis & David H. Webber, Shareholder Value(s): Index Fund ESG Activism and the New Millennial Corporate Governance, 93 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1243, 1249–50, 1304, 1309 (2020). Similarly, Professors Sergio Alberto Gramitto Ricci and Christina Sautter observe that millennials have a generationally defined and distinct set of values, and are more likely to prioritize ESG goals over profit.29Gramitto Ricci & Sautter, Corporate Governance Gaming, supra note 27, at 77. In their telling, meme investors will seamlessly transform into engaged shareholders and usher in a new paradigm for corporate governance.30Id. at 78.

Secondly, meme investors could be highly motivated to affect corporate policies because of the societal time period in which the meme surge occurred. Some have argued that decades of profit-centric corporate governance have led to workers, residents of surrounding communities, and the environment all suffering from profit-centric corporate policies.31See Aneil Kovvali, Stark Choices for Corporate Reform, 123 Colum. L. Rev. 693, 693–96 (2023). The shareholders best positioned to change corporate policies—large asset managers such as BlackRock and Vanguard, who own more than a fifth of the average S&P 500 firm32See Matthew Backus, Christopher Conlon & Michael Sinkinson, Common Ownership in America: 1980–2017, 13 Am. Econ. J.: Microecon. 273, 285 (2021). —are constrained in their ability to pressure management to change policies because any such change would hurt the interests of at least some of the hundreds of investment funds they operate.33See John D. Morley, Too Big to Be Activist, 92 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1407, 1407–08, 1454 (2019). In this vein, Professor Jill Fisch has argued that retail investors are a useful antidote to the concentration of market power in large institutional investors, and can help enlist ordinary citizens in the larger project of national economic development.34See Fisch, supra note 6, at 1805. Free from the structural constraints faced by institutional investors, who owe a fiduciary duty to their clients and are likely to be obligated to pursue profit maximization,35See C. Scott Hemphill & Marcel Kahan, The Strategies of Anticompetitive Common Ownership, 129 Yale L.J. 1392, 1437 (2020). retail shareholders are theoretically able to demand that firms adopt prosocial policies even at the expense of profit. Citizen involvement via retail investing could also have the advantage of tempering corporate power, with retail investors able to sway management through their ability to influence close votes.36See Fisch, supra note 6, at 1840. An example of this from the meme surge came from meme investors who wanted to keep AMC theaters open despite the COVID-19 pandemic severely disrupting the firm’s business model.37See Sarah Whitten, AMC’s ‘Apes’ Gave It a Lifeline. Now, Its CEO Wants to Use the Meme Frenzy as a Springboard for Growth, CNBC (June 1, 2021, 3:04 PM), https://www.cnbc.com/2021/06/01/amcs-ceo-wants-to-use-the-meme-frenzy-as-a-springboard-for-growth.html [https://perma.cc/YY9A-V5XY]. By putting their money into the company (through additional capital raising) and keeping the movie theaters running, meme investors arguably offered a lifeline to the thousands of workers employed by the chain.

Finally, there is a technological element to the promise of meme and other retail investing. Since the mid-2010s, Robinhood has offered a game-like and easily accessible mobile app allowing retail investors to participate in the market. Financial economics literature has shown that retail investors overreact to market signals and allow overconfidence to distort portfolio allocation, reducing their financial returns.38See Brad M. Barber, Xing Huang, K. Jeremy Ko & Terrance Odean, Leveraging Overconfidence (Nov. 30, 2020) (unpublished manuscript), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Papers.cfm?abstract_id=3445660 [https://perma.cc/FT5H-FWXS]; Mark Grinblatt & Matti Keloharju, The Investment Behavior and Performance of Various Investor Types: A Study of Finland’s Unique Data Set, 55 J. Fin. Econ. 43, 44, 66 (2000); see also James Fallow Tierney, Investment Games, 72 Duke L.J. 353, 357, 362–85 (2022) (highlighting the game-like nature of retail investing through mobile apps and expressing support for regulatory intervention). Given this research, it is unsurprising that many retail investors decided to engage in stock-picking after gaining uninterrupted access to a flashy mobile investing app. Beyond investing apps, the GameStop saga and the meme stock frenzy of 2021 demonstrated the power of social media technology to coalesce dispersed individuals who can unite to bring about an impact and put checks on the forces of institutional players. Today, social media platforms such as Facebook, Reddit, and X (formerly known as Twitter), provide a space where individuals form communities, share information, and engage in collective action. These platforms have also made it easier for people to spread information quickly, allowing them to mobilize and respond to events in real time. From these perspectives, the meme surges of early 2021 could be seen as foreshadowing a future in which technology can further enable and empower dispersed individuals to overcome the cost of collective action and promote a collectively cobbled together agenda.

Collectively, the demographic, societal, and technological trends could be seen as ushering in an amplified role for retail investors. Consistent with this intuition, a study by Professors Alon Brav, Matthew Cain, and Jonathon Zytnick empirically assesses the collective voting heft of retail investors using a large proprietary sample of shareholder ownership and voting records.39See generally Alon Brav, Matthew Cain & Jonathon Zytnick, Retail Shareholder Participation in the Proxy Process: Monitoring, Engagement, and Voting, 144 J. Fin. Econ. 492 (2022). They conclude that retail investor voting can have as much of an impact on corporate outcomes as the voting preferences of the three largest institutional investors.40Id. at 504. This suggests that, to the extent meme stock surges can motivate greater retail shareholder participation, there is a realistic possibility of significant changes in corporate governance. For these reasons, more than three years after the GameStop saga, this Article seeks to empirically examine what changes, if any, have taken place in the governance of the companies subject to meme surges.

II.  DATA AND SUMMARY STATISTICS

We use a variety of sources to collect information about both meme and non-meme stocks. Our first step is to identify which companies qualify as meme stock companies in the relevant period. We use Factiva41Factiva, owned by Dow Jones & Company, is a business research tool. It aggregates content from both free and licensed sources and provides access to over 32,000 newspapers, journals, magazines, and so forth. See Factiva, Dow Jones, https://www.dowjones.com/professional/factiva [https://perma.cc/FGU4-SC3F]. searches and Internet queries with appropriate keywords (“meme,” “retail investors,” and “Reddit” in conjunction with “stock” and so on), modeling our approach on the nascent financial economics literature studying the meme trading phenomenon.42See Michele Costola, Matteo Iacopini & Carlo R.M.A. Santagiustina, On the “Mementum” of Meme Stocks, Econ. Letters, Oct. 2021, at 1, 2. The authors show how certain “meme stocks,” GameStop, AMC, Koss, Moody’s, Pfizer, and Disney, exhibited dynamics of price, trading volume, and social media activity, as measured by the number of tweets. Id. We identify the following eight companies as meme stock companies: GameStop,43See Yun Li, The $300 Billion Meme Stock That Makes GameStop Look Like Child’s Play, CNBC (Aug. 3, 2022, 8:35 AM), https://www.cnbc.com/2022/08/03/the-300-billion-meme-stock-that-makes-gamestop-look-like-childs-play.html [https://perma.cc/F2BH-NZD9]. AMC Entertainment, Inc.,44See Paul R. La Monica, Meme Stock Mania May Finally Be Over, CNN (Dec. 6, 2022, 12:43 PM), https://www.cnn.com/2022/12/06/investing/meme-stocks-gamestop-amc/index.html [https://perma.cc/5UX8-CAC4]. Bed Bath & Beyond,45See id. Blackberry,46See Bernard Zambonin, BlackBerry (BB): Why Jim Cramer Is Warning Investors to Avoid This Stock, TheStreet (Oct. 12, 2022, 6:57 AM), https://www.thestreet.com/memestocks/other-memes/blackberry-bb-why-jim-cramer-is-warning-investors-to-avoid-this-stock [https://perma.cc/R8J9-GUAM]. Express, Inc.,47See WYCO Researcher, Express, Inc.: A Former Meme Stock Could Be Headed into Serious Trouble in a Recession, Seeking Alpha (July 19, 2022, 10:06 AM), https://seekingalpha.com/article/4524180-express-inc-a-former-meme-stock-could-be-headed-into-serious-trouble-in-a-recession [https://perma.cc/RE67-R8ET]. Koss,48See Samuel O’Brient, Why Is Meme Favorite KOSS Stock Soaring 40% Today?, Inv. Place (July 25, 2022, 2:04 PM), https://investorplace.com/2022/07/why-is-meme-favorite-koss-stock-soaring-40-today [https://perma.cc/SHF4-GDV4]. Robinhood,49See Maggie Fitzgerald, Robinhood Is Not a Meme Stock and Doesn’t Plan to Sell Shares to Raise Funds, CFO Says, CNBC (Aug. 19, 2021, 8:49 AM), https://www.cnbc.com/2021/08/19/robinhood-is-not-a-meme-stock-and-doesnt-plan-to-sell-shares-to-raise-funds-cfo-says.html [https://perma.cc/VK7L-KBHQ]. and Vinco.50See Clark Schultz, Vinco Ventures Skyrockets on Big Day for Meme Stocks, Seeking Alpha (Aug. 16, 2022, 1:47 PM), https://seekingalpha.com/news/3873788-vinco-ventures-skyrockets-on-big-day-for-meme-stocks [https://perma.cc/FR3A-HELJ]. For meme and non-meme stocks (i.e., other public companies), we collect an array of financial and non-financial information for the time period of 2015 to 2022. First, stock price information comes from the Center for Research in Stock Prices (“CRSP”). Firm financial data (size as proxied by assets in millions of dollars, performance (return on assets), debt ratio, cash ratio, closing stock price at the end of the fiscal year, and market value in millions), R&D, and capital expenditures are collected from Compustat. Finally, we get data on shareholder voting from Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) (formerly known as Riskmetrics).

Table 1 presents the summary statistics for our dataset. Vote figures are organized at the shareholder proposal level and are matched to the firm-year level observations for financials from Compustat.51Although we have also collected institutional ownership data based on 13F filings from Thomson Reuters to indirectly back out the fraction of retail ownership, because the 13F reporting is done on a quarterly basis and there was a large turnover at the meme stock companies during the “meme surge,” the data turned out to be unreliable. For instance, when the institutional ownerships were aggregated, for some companies, the fractions exceeded one. Panel A displays the overall descriptive statistics (in millions for financial measures), while Panel B compares the relevant statistics between meme and non-meme companies, along with t-test results. The first statistic in Panel B, Percent Non-Votes, measures the extent of shareholder non-participation in direct governance. Following the accounting literature, we define shareholder non-participation as the percentage of outstanding shares that were not voted “for,” “against,” or “abstention” with respect to proposals at a meeting. Between 2015 and 2022, the average yearly non-participation rate for meme stocks was 28.75%. This is higher than the 25.04% average for non-meme firms and the difference is significant at the 1% level.

The next four statistics in Panel B, Return on Assets, Cash Ratio, Debt Ratio, and the natural logarithm of assets, present a picture of their respective financial status and performance. When we compare the respective returns on assets, we see that the mean return on assets for meme stocks over the entire period is –0.098, which is statistically significantly (at the 1% level) lower than –0.05 for the non-meme companies. In addition, while Cash Ratio and Ln(Assets) are not statistically significantly different, the meme companies have a statistically significantly higher debt ratio (at 32%) compared with non-meme companies (at 28%).

Table 1.  Summary Statistics

Panel A

 

N

Mean

SD

Percent Votes for Proposal

289422

70.53

19.16

Percent Votes Against Proposal

289422

4.34

8.6

Percent Non-Votes

289422

24.84

17.26

Ln(Assets)

282189

7.8

2.31

Cash Ratio

276587

0.12

0.18

Debt Ratio

224586

0.28

0.24

Return on Assets

282061

 –0.04

0.25

R&D Expense

180296

294.56

2123.57

Capital Expenditures

228832

449.6

2117.09

Closing Price

288369

56.14

141.04

Market Value

259924

15314.18

74007.27

 

Panel B

 

 

 

 

Non-Meme

Firms

(1)

Meme

Firms

(2)

t-statistic

(1)–(2)

Percent Non-Votes

25.04

28.75

–3.94***

Return on Assets

–0.05

–0.098

3.17***

Cash Ratio

0.14

0.13

1.3

Debt Ratio

0.28

0.32

–3.05***

Ln(Assets)

7.56

7.37

1.54

Closing Price

56.18

28.54

3.72***

Market Value

15331.22

3023.8

3.15**

Note: Panel A presents information on the shareholder voting results and financial variables for the meme stocks identified in Part II, for the period of 2015–22. All financial variables are winsorized at the 1% level. Panel B presents t-tests for some of these variables between meme and non-meme stocks. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

Finally, the last two statistics in Panel B, Closing Price and Market Value (in millions), show some of the characteristics of the respective stock. Perhaps not surprisingly, meme companies, on average, had lower stock prices and lower market capitalization than non-meme companies: the average stock price of meme companies is about half of non-meme companies and the average market capitalization of meme companies (a little over $3 billion), one-fifth of that of non-meme companies. In sum, the descriptive statistics indicate that meme companies are on average less profitable (or unprofitable), more heavily leveraged, and have lower stock prices and market capitalizations, consistent with media reports.52See James Mackintosh, AMC’s Meme-Stock Traders Mess with Corporate Theory, Wall St. J. (Jun. 8, 2021, 8:00 AM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/amcs-meme-stock-traders-mess-with-corporate-theory-11623107259 [https://perma.cc/99YP-6JRQ].

III.  THE TWIN SHOCKS TO MEME STOCKS

In the popular imagination, social media usage during the coronavirus pandemic has been singled out as the main driver of the emergence of meme stocks. The New York Times has characterized meme stock investments as being “propelled by a social media frenzy and a bit of boredom” during the pandemic.53See Erin Griffith, No End to Whiplash in Meme Stocks, Crypto and More, N.Y. Times (June 23, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/23/technology/no-end-to-whiplash-in-meme-stocks-crypto-and-more.html [https://web.archive.org/web/20210623090425/https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/23/technology/no-end-to-whiplash-in-meme-stocks-crypto-and-more.html]. The Wikipedia entry for “meme stock” defines it as “a stock that gains popularity among retail investors through social media.”54See Meme Stock, Wikipedia, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meme_stock [https://perma.cc/YSD4-EWCA]. However, for our set of meme stocks, we identify an association with retail investors that (1) predates the pandemic and (2) does not relate to social media platforms, such as Reddit or X (formerly known as Twitter). More specifically, we look at the meme stocks’ response to the abolition of commissions by major brokerage platforms in late 2019.

On October 1, 2019, the major online brokerages Charles Schwab and TD Ameritrade eliminated commissions for all their customers. These platforms, which had dominated the online brokerage business, were responding to stiff competition from a new rival, Robinhood, which had heavily utilized the zero-commission trading model.55E-Trade, the other major online brokerage, abolished commissions the next day. See Paul R. La Monica, E-Trade Cuts Commissions to Zero Along with Rest of Brokerage Industry, CNN (Oct. 3, 2019, 6:26 AM), https://www.cnn.com/2019/10/02/investing/etrade-zero-commissions/index.html [https://perma.cc/V6P8-BPMM]. Experts termed this move “inevitable” after Charles Schwab and TD Ameritrade’s decision on October 1. See id.; see also Past CFO Commentary, Charles Schwab (Oct. 1, 2019), http://www.aboutschwab.com/cfo-commentary/oct-2019 [https://perma.cc/R46S-X7LP]. Share prices of Charles Schwab, TD Ameritrade, and E-Trade experienced a significant loss in response to Charles Schwab’s zero commission announcement. See Lisa Beilfuss & Alexander Osipovich, The Race to Zero Commissions, Wall St. J. (Oct. 5, 2019, 5:30 AM), http://www.wsj.com/articles/the-race-to-zero-commissions-11570267802 [https://perma.cc/YX65-UE9Z]. The advent of zero-commission trading has been widely acknowledged as a root cause of the explosion in retail investing activity. One of the leading explanations for why individuals do not participate in the stock market is that there is a fixed cost of investing that proves potentially insurmountable for the less wealthy.56See generally Joseph S. Briggs, David Cesarini, Erik Lindqvist & Robert Östling, Windfall Gains and Stock Market Participation, 139 J. Fin. Econ. 57 (2021) (showing that winning a $150,000 lottery increases stock market participation among recipients who previously did not own stocks); Annette Vissing-Jorgensen, Towards an Explanation of Household Portfolio Choice Heterogeneity: Nonfinancial Income and Participation Cost Structures (Nat’l Bureau of Econ. Rsch., Working Paper No. 8884, 2002), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=307121 [https://perma.cc/45VK-YHB3] (estimating that stock market non-participation for half of those not owning stocks can be explained by a small participation cost). It is unsurprising that, by reducing the entry cost of trading (i.e., commissions), the 2019 decision by major brokerages increased retail investor activity.57See Maggie Fitzgerald, Retail Investors Continue to Jump into the Stock Market After GameStop Mania, CNBC (Mar. 10, 2021, 1:59 PM), https://www.cnbc.com/2021/03/10/retail-investor-ranks-in-the-stock-market-continue-to-surge.html [https://perma.cc/QPG6-3FKF] (“[r]etail trading has been accelerating since the industrywide decision to drop commissions in the fall of 2019”).

How did the abolition of trading commissions affect meme stocks? The relatively unexpected and sudden decision of the major brokerage platforms to introduce commission-free trading allows us to use the event study methodology to assess its impact. Given that this was prior to the meme stock surge of 2021, to the extent that the market was informationally “efficient,” the stock prices around October 1, 2019, would reasonably reflect the impact of the abolition of commissions on meme stocks.58For a review of event study methodology, see generally Sanjai Bhagat & Roberta Romano, Event Studies and the Law: Part I: Technique and Corporate Litigation, 4 Am. L. & Econ. Rev. 141 (2002); Sanjai Bhagat & Roberta Romano, Event Studies and the Law: Part II: Empirical Studies of Corporate Law, 4 Am. L. & Econ. Rev. 380 (2002); A. Craig MacKinlay, Event Studies in Economics and Finance, 35 J. Econ. Literature 13 (1997). First, we identify what the expected return for each stock would have been during the event period if the event had not occurred (that is, if the commissions had not been dropped). Using the standard Fama-French three-factor model,59See S.P. Kothari & Jerold B. Warner, Econometrics of Event Studies, in 1 Handbook of Corporate Finance 4, 25 (B. Espen Eckbo ed., 2008). this may be written as:

Here, Rit is the return on stock i on date t minus the risk free rate;  Rmt is the market return on date t minus the risk free rate; RSMB is the return on a portfolio of small companies; and RHML is the book to market factor that is the portfolio of firms with a high book value to market value ratio. The abnormal return that can be traced to the event (that is, the associated stock price movement) is the actual return minus the expected return:

We calculate the abnormal returns on October 1, 2019, for all companies in the Compustat database, and regress them against an indicator for whether the company is one of our eight meme stocks. Table 2 presents the results from the event study. Column (1) shows that meme stocks had abnormal returns that were 2.25 percentage points higher than the market, and the coefficient on the indicator variable is highly statistically significant.60In follow-up research, we show that the introduction of zero-commission trading was associated with positive and statistically significant abnormal returns for a broader array of stocks popular with retail investors, beyond meme companies. See generally Dhruv Aggarwal, Albert H. Choi & Yoon-Ho Alex Lee, Retail Investors and Corporate Governance: Evidence from Zero-Commission Trading (Northwestern L. & Econ. Rsch. Paper, No. 24-01, Aug. 29, 2024), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=4708496 [https://perma.cc/WJ4F-3Z5E]. Column (2) reruns the regression in model (1) adding controls for firm financials (size as proxied by the natural logarithm of assets, cash ratio, debt ratio, and return on assets) and the results remain largely unchanged. One concern with our results could be that meme stocks are categorically different from non-meme companies. As a final robustness check, we control for the possibility that the financials of meme and non-meme companies may be different. Using the entropy-balancing technique invented in the social science literature,61See generally Jens Hainmueller, Entropy Balancing for Causal Effects: A Multivariate Reweighting Method to Produce Balanced Samples in Observational Studies, 20 Pol. Analysis 25 (2012). we balance the means of the covariates for meme and non-meme companies. As shown in column (3), our result for meme stocks remains robust to the entropy-balancing method.

Table 2.  Event Study Results

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

 

Baseline

With Financials

Entropy Balanced

Meme Stock

2.252***

2.238***

2.230***

 

(0.645)

(0.655)

(0.614)

Constant

–0.127***

–0.269

0.300

 

(0.0269)

(0.246)

(0.768)

Observations

7,110

3,531

3,531

R-squared

0.001

0.010

0.208

Firm Financials

No

Yes

Yes

Note: This table presents results from an event study using the Fama-French three-factor model. The dependent variable in this linear regression model is the abnormal stock return on October 1, 2019. Columns (1) and (2) use ordinary least squares regression and column (3) balances covariates for meme and non-meme companies using the entropy-balancing technique. Columns (2) and (3) add controls for firm size (proxied by the natural logarithm of assets), cash ratio, debt ratio, and return on assets. All financial variables are winsorized at the 1% level. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

Figure 1 graphs the mean cumulative abnormal returns of meme stocks. The mean abnormal returns are represented by the solid line in the middle, while the dotted lines enclose the 95% confidence interval. Day “0” in this figure refers to October 1, 2019. The figure shows an economically and statistically significant gain for meme stocks around the time the major brokerages dropped trading commissions. In unreported results, we find that meme stocks had significant abnormal returns on October 1, 2019, when we use alternative asset pricing models such as the capital asset pricing model (“CAPM”) or Carhart four-factor model.62These asset pricing models are described in detail in MacKinlay, supra note 58, at 19, and Kothari & Warner, supra note 59, at 25–26.

Figure 1.  Cumulative Abnormal Returns for Meme Stocks

Note: This figure graphs the mean cumulative abnormal returns for meme stocks around October 1, 2019, when major brokerages abolished trading commissions (denoted as day 0). The dotted lines represent the 95% confidence interval for cumulative abnormal returns.

In addition to the abnormal returns, we also examine the magnitude of share turnover. Figure 2 presents data on the share turnover for meme stocks and other companies between 2015 and 2022. We define turnover as the daily average of the number of stocks of the firm traded as a percentage of total outstanding common stock, using data from CRSP. Since meme stocks are, on average, smaller firms, we subdivide non-meme companies into those belonging to the smallest quartile in terms of market capitalization and other bigger firms. Meme stocks saw both an increase in trading volume after the abolition of commissions on October 1, 2019, and a further increase in 2021–22 after the explosion of social media interest in these firms. There was a significant increase compared to both smallest-quartile and larger non-meme firms. Three points are notable. First, meme stocks had a higher turnover compared with non-meme stocks even in the first period, that is, before the abolition of commissions. Second, both meme and non-meme stocks saw an increase in trading volumes after the abolition of commissions, although the increase was markedly greater for meme companies. Third, during the time of meme surge, while the meme stock trading volume exploded, there seems to be no noticeable increase in trading volume for non-meme stocks.

Figure 2.  Average Turnover for Meme Stocks and Other Firms

Note: This figure graphs the mean share turnover (shares traded each day as a percentage of total outstanding common stock) according to CRSP data. The data is presented separately for meme and non-meme stocks. Non-meme stocks are further subdivided into those that belong to the smallest quartile by market capitalization and larger firms. “Pre-Zero Commission” refers to the period from 2015 to September 2019, “Post-Zero Commission” to October 1, 2019, to December 31, 2020, and “Post-Meme Surge” to 2021–22.

We estimate a regression model in which we analyze the factors affecting the average daily turnover for CRSP companies in all three periods. We include as explanatory variables an indicator for meme stock, two dummies for Post-Zero Commission and Post-Meme Surge, and the interaction of the meme indicator with each time dummy. We include firm fixed effects to make sure the results are not driven by idiosyncratic factors unique to any given company. Both interaction terms are positive and statistically significant. The results are presented in Table 3. Note that, even controlling for firm fixed effects and time trends, meme companies seem to have especially gained with respect to this measure of liquidity in the latter time periods. The results remain qualitatively unchanged when we additionally control for firm market value. The event study results presented in this Section show that meme stock companies gained value around the time major brokerages abolished commissions. The influx of retail investors precipitated by zero commissions could therefore have been particularly impactful for the meme stocks. Moreover, the results on turnover indicate that meme firms saw greater trading volumes after the major brokerages eliminated commissions.

Table 3.  Meme Stocks and Trading Volume

Post-Zero Commission

0.664***

 

(0.0714)

Post-Zero Commission x Meme

3.252*

 

(1.874)

Post-Meme Surge

0.517***

 

(0.0822)

Post-Meme Surge x Meme

12.23***

 

(3.634)

Constant

1.080***

 

(0.0402)

 

 

Observations

20,764

R-squared

0.875

Firm Fixed Effects

Yes

Note: This table presents the results of a linear regression model in which the dependent variable is the daily percentage of outstanding shares that are traded. “Post-Zero Commission” refers to the time period of October 1, 2019, through December 31, 2020, and “Post-Meme Surge” to 2021–22. The regression model includes firm fixed effects, and all standard errors are clustered at the firm level. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

IV.  DIRECT SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AT MEME STOCK COMPANIES

In this Part, we explore the effect of meme stock investing on the direct mechanisms for shareholder engagement: voting and submitting shareholder proposals. This can help us empirically assess claims that the influx of retail investors would affect corporate governance and possibly empower shareholders to engage with management more actively. To briefly summarize the findings, our empirical results show that predictions of retail investor-driven changes in corporate governance may be overstated. First, the level of shareholder voting at meme companies decreased after the abolition of commissions by online brokerages and decreased still further in the aftermath of 2021 meme surge. Second, we find no evidence of active shareholder engagement by way of submitting shareholder proposals at the companies in our sample, except in limited circumstances unrelated to corporate governance.

A.  Non-Voting at Meme Stock Companies

An important claim in the literature is that the retail shareholders brought in after the meme phenomenon may be more likely to be assertive and more vigorously engage with management.63See supra Part I. This is a plausible claim: if retail investors could coordinate their trades to attack institutional investors—a feat previously unimaginable—so, too, can they coordinate votes to have their voices heard. Accordingly, one could expect more retail shareholders to vote on governance proposals, including director elections and other consequential decisions (such as mergers and acquisitions and charter amendments), at these firms after 2021. Ideally, if we can observe each shareholder’s characteristics (for example, institutional versus retail), how many shares are owned by each shareholder, and how many of those shares are voted on, we will be able to tell exactly what the rate of participation among retail shareholders is. Nevertheless, due largely to the limitations on data, we do not have access to any information on whether certain votes came from a retail versus an institutional shareholder.64Some scholars have been successful in accessing data owned by proxy service firms, such as Broadridge, and have been able to estimate retail shareholder participation much more accurately. See generally, e.g., Brav et al., supra note 39.

Instead, we rely on an indirect measure in estimating shareholder participation that is commonly used in the accounting literature. One way of such an indirect estimation is by measuring aggregate non-votes at shareholder meetings. The accounting scholarship attributes non-votes in shareholder meetings (that is, votes that were not cast for or against a proposal and were not abstentions) to retail investors.65See Kobi Kastiel & Yaron Nili, In Search of the “Absent” Shareholders: A New Solution to Retail Investors’ Apathy, 41 Del. J. Corp. L. 55, 62–64 (2016). Corporate insiders and institutional investors, on the other hand, are much more diligent in registering their votes. Under this standard assumption, if retail investors became more engaged after 2021, we could expect the overall share of non-votes to fall.66See Rachel Geoffroy, Electronic Proxy Statement Dissemination and Shareholder Monitoring 12 (Nov. 30, 2018) (unpublished manuscript), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3264846 [https://perma.cc/83KF-FSCY]. The author examines the changes from postal mail to electronic distribution of proxies and shows how electronic distribution of proxies actually reduced shareholder participation by about 1% to 2%. Id. at 4. With the assumption that the non-participation comes from retail investors, this implies that retail investor participation decreased by about 7% to 17%. Id.

In analyzing the rate of non-votes, it is also important to account for the type of proposal. Shareholder proposals at U.S. public companies are generally of two types: routine and non-routine. Routine proposals are those that pertain to the company’s day-to-day operations but are not expected to significantly affect the company’s overall operation and performance. Examples of this type are proposals for the ratification of auditors or approving stock splits. By contrast, non-routine proposals typically relate to the company’s long-term strategy or are expected to have a significant impact on the company’s financial performance. Examples include the issuance of new stock, election of directors, a merger with another company, divesting a business unit, or any other proposal stockholders could have concerns with and would affect their ownership. For our purposes, there is an important distinction between these two types: brokers can vote shares on behalf of the beneficial owners for routine matters, but not for non-routine matters. Therefore, only shareholders can vote their own shares for non-routine proposals.67Id. at 4.

Figure 3 graphically presents the yearly average of non-vote rates on proposals at both meme and non-meme companies between 2015 and 2022. We hand-coded each proposal listed in the Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) data as either “routine” or “non-routine” based on Rule 452 of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).68See N.Y. Stock Exch., Rule 452 (2003), https://nyseguide.srorules.com/rules/negg0109013e2c855b2572 [https://perma.cc/EYQ6-NSWH]. As expected, we find that non-routine proposals (in which brokers cannot vote on behalf of shareholders) have consistently higher levels of non-participation for both meme and non-meme firms.

More importantly, we find an increase in shareholder non-voting rate after 2018, concentrated in meme companies (for both routine and non-routine proposals). In fact, before 2019, meme companies had lower non-vote rates compared with non-meme companies, but by 2022, non-vote rates are at above 50% and 30% on non-routine and routine matters, respectively, at meme companies. At the same time, at non-meme companies, as Figure 3 shows, there seems to have been only marginal changes in non-vote shares over the same period. This is the opposite trend from what one would expect if the retail shareholders were more engaged with respect to corporate governance at meme firms, such as AMC and GameStop. Instead of seeing a burst of shareholder engagement, meme companies have seen increasing retail shareholder apathy in recent years.

Figure 3.  Average Share of Non-Votes for Meme and Non-Meme Stocks over Time, by Proposal Type

Note: This figure presents information on the yearly average percentage of votes that were not voted in shareholder meetings. We define the number of non-votes as Total Outstanding Shares minus (Votes For + Votes Against + Abstentions). We split the data by meme/non-meme stock as well as proposal type (that is, whether it qualifies as “routine” as defined in NYSE Rule 452).

If we were to expect that retail shareholders are less likely to participate in direct governance, this finding, on the one hand, may not be too surprising. Recall, however, that many of these retail investors were the drivers of coordinated meme surges in early 2021, collectively taking a stance against institutional investors. There is also reason to believe that many of them have remained loyal to the firm.69See, e.g., Caitlin McCabe, GameStop’s Most Loyal Shareholders Are in It for the Long Haul, Not the Memes, Wall St. J. (June 6, 2021, 5:30 AM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/gamestops-most-loyal-shareholders-are-in-it-for-the-long-haul-not-the-memes-11622971801 [https://perma.cc/AAV4-U97N]; see also Caitlin McCabe, Karen Langley, Gunjan Banerji, Hardika Singh & Gregory Zuckerman, Where Six Meme Stock Investors Are Now, Wall St. J. (Jan. 28, 2022, 5:30 AM), https://www.wsj.com/articles/where-six-meme-stock-investors-are-now-11643365810 [https://perma.cc/VMA6-589V]. If the fraction of retail investors at meme stock companies remains relatively high through 2021 and 2022, and many of them care more about the companies’ survival and performance, one would expect them to be more active in firm governance. From this perspective, the fact that the share of no-votes keeps increasing through 2021 and 2022, long after the initial “meme surge” was over, is surprising.

Table 4 presents a more formal regression analysis (using linear regression models), in which the dependent variable is the percentage of non-votes at a shareholder proposal level. We collected this data for all companies from the ISS database (from 2015 through 2022) to make sure we captured any secular time trends in shareholder voting across the market. Column (1) presents the baseline model, while column (2) adds financial variables as controls. We included firm fixed effects to account for any idiosyncratic factors unique to each company. Note, foremost, that the coefficient estimates (except for the estimate on the variable “Meme x 2019–20”), along with their statistical significance, are fairly consistent across the two models, indicating that the specifications are fairly robust. In terms of the results, at the top of the table, the dummy for non-routine proposals is positive (with the point estimates of 14.04 and 13.98, respectively) and highly statistically significant (at the 1% level), indicating that these types of matters generally have greater non-participation than routine proposals (per stock exchange regulations): non-vote shares on non-routine matters are about 14 percentage points higher compared with those on routine matters.

The coefficient estimates on 2019–20 and 2021–22 indicator variables are also positive and statistically significant, indicating that there is a general trend toward non-votes across all companies. When we interact both time period dummies with the Meme indicator, the coefficient for these terms is positive and highly statistically significant, at least in the baseline model, indicating that there seems to be more non-voting at meme companies after both the abolition of commissions and the surge in social media interest in these companies.70Controlling for firm financials in column (2), the interaction between Meme and 2019–20 is no longer significant. The rise in non-voting for meme stocks seems concentrated in non-routine proposals, as one would expect since brokers cannot vote on behalf of the shareholders on these issues. Most tellingly, the triple interaction of Meme, each time period dummy, and Non-Routine is also positive (with coefficient estimates ranging from about 7.5 to 8.1) and highly statistically significant (at the 1% level) in both the baseline model and with financial controls.

Table 4.  Meme Stocks and Non-Voting

 

(1)

(2)

 

Baseline

With Financials

Non-Routine

14.04***

13.98***

 

(0.198)

(0.223)

Meme x Non-Routine

–5.607***

–5.585***

 

(1.495)

(1.534)

2019–20

0.681***

0.830***

 

(0.140)

(0.170)

Meme x 2019–20

5.204***

2.650

 

(1.780)

(1.760)

Non-Routine x 2019–20

–0.630***

–0.688***

 

(0.149)

(0.162)

Meme x Non-Routine x 2019–20

7.910***

8.125***

 

(1.406)

(1.425)

2021–22

3.899***

4.622***

 

(0.195)

(0.232)

Meme x 2021–22

13.91***

11.59**

 

(4.841)

(4.672)

Non-Routine x 2021–22

–3.297***

–3.531***

 

(0.178)

(0.195)

Meme x Non-Routine x 2021–22

7.503***

7.901***

 

(1.725)

(1.942)

Constant

12.29***

23.68***

 

(0.179)

(2.087)

 

 

 

Observations

238,506

194,929

R-squared

0.699

0.735

Firm Fixed Effects

Yes

Yes

Firm Financials

No

Yes

Note: This table presents the results of a linear regression model in which the dependent variable is the percentage of shares that were not voted for a proposal at shareholder meetings. We define the number of non-votes as Total Outstanding Shares – (Votes For + Votes Against + Abstentions). 2019–20 equals 1 for years 2019 and 2020, while 2021–22 equals 1 for 2021 and 2022. We split the data by proposal type (that is, whether or not it qualifies as “routine” as defined in NYSE Rule 452). Column (2) adds controls for firm assets, cash ratio, debt ratio, and return on assets. Columns (1) and (2) include year and firm fixed effects, and all standard errors are clustered at the firm level. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

The estimates tell us that, compared with routine matters at meme companies at these two time periods, the share of non-votes on non-routine matters are about 7.5 to 8 percentage points higher. The results indicate that, for 2019–22, meme companies saw a greater rise in non-voting among shareholders as compared with non-meme companies, and this effect was especially pronounced for non-routine proposals for which brokers could not vote on behalf of shareholders.

B.  Shareholder Proposals at Meme Stock Companies

As another measure of shareholder engagement, we looked at the number (and the content) of shareholder proposals that were submitted by retail shareholders at meme stock companies. For example, it is possible that even if the level of retail shareholder voting at meme companies has remained low (or decreased), the meme surge may have emboldened a minority of retail shareholders to take more active steps in submitting shareholder proposals to affect corporate governance and corporate policies. While there are other channels of influencing corporate governance—such as running a proxy contest or nominating a director candidate through proxy access (if the company allows it)—these other channels require significant economic resources (in the case of proxy contests) or more substantial ownership thresholds and holding periods (in the case of accessing proxy ballots directly). As such, these are less salient means for meme traders. For this reason, the more promising route for meme traders is likely through submission of a shareholder proposal.

First, we discuss some institutional background and a potential complication for our empirical analysis. The eligibility requirement for a shareholder to submit a shareholder proposal is governed by Rule 14a-8,71See SEC Shareholder Proposals Rule, 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8 (2024). which imposes an ownership threshold and a holding period requirement. Once a proposal is submitted by an eligible shareholder, the SEC rule requires the company to add the proposal to the agenda for voting at the next annual shareholders’ meeting, unless the SEC provides special permission to exclude it from consideration.72See id. Since 1998, Rule 14a-8 has maintained a relatively low share ownership threshold: it required only that a shareholder had held at least $2,000 or 1% of a company’s securities for at least one year.73See 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8 (1998); 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8 (2007); 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8 (2011). The SEC, however, in 2020 replaced the $2,000 threshold with three alternative thresholds and adjusted the corresponding holding periods. Specifically, (1) if a shareholder owns more than or equal to $25,000, then he may submit a proposal if he has held the shares for at least one year; (2) if a shareholder owns less than $25,000 but more than or equal to $15,000, he must have owned company shares for at least two years; and (3) if a shareholder owns less than $15,000 but more than or equal to $2,000, he must have been a stockholder for at least three years.74See 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8 (2020). The rule was proposed on November 5, 2019,75Procedural Requirements and Resubmission Thresholds Under Exchange Act Rule 14a-8, Exchange Act Release No. 34-87458, 84 Fed. Reg. 66458 (Dec. 4, 2019). adopted on September 23, 2020, and went into effect on January 4, 2021.76Procedural Requirements and Resubmission Thresholds Under Exchange Act Rule 14a-8, Exchange Act Release No. 34-89964, 85 Fed. Reg. 70240 (Nov. 4, 2020). However, the SEC noted that the changed thresholds would only affect proposals submitted for annual meetings that take place after January 1, 2022.77Press Release, Secs. & Exch. Comm’n, SEC Adopts Amendments to Modernize Shareholder Proposal Rule (Sept. 23, 2020), https://www.sec.gov/news/press-release/2020-220 [https://perma.cc/VMA6-589V] (“[T]he final amendments will apply to any proposal submitted for an annual or special meeting to be held on or after January 1, 2022.”).

The SEC’s revised thresholds are more difficult to meet, and this was indeed the Agency’s intention. The previous requirement of $2,000 and a one-year holding period is arguably a more achievable threshold for meme traders. The revised thresholds and the corresponding holding periods are much less likely to be met by meme traders—especially the segment of retail investors that began participating in the stock market only after the introduction of commission-free trading platforms. For this reason, we can reasonably expect little activity from meme traders by way of shareholder proposals for annual meetings taking place after January 1, 2022.

As a threshold inquiry, we first examined whether investors reacted to the SEC’s decision to change the Rule 14a-8 thresholds. There were no changes in the thresholds between the SEC’s rule proposal (November 5, 2019) and rule adoption (September 23, 2020). We examined both event dates—the rule proposal date as setting the market’s expectation and the rule adoption date as finalizing the proposal through adoption. If meme traders were particularly committed to influencing corporate governance, these events may correlate with negative stock market reactions. In unreported results, we found no significant market reactions for meme stock companies for either event. We interpreted this finding to be consistent with the idea that meme traders were never particularly interested in participating in corporate governance.

We followed through by reviewing the meme stock companies’ definitive proxy statements filed with the SEC’s EDGAR system from 2015 through 2022 to see whether they included shareholder proposals. These proxy statements typically indicate whether a particular proposal is submitted by a shareholder. Even in the absence of any such specification, the proxy statements will invariably indicate whether the board approves each proposal, which is a good indication that the proposal is internally proposed. Note, however, that the lack of shareholder proposals in definitive proxy statements does not necessarily indicate that no shareholder submitted a proposal to be included in the proxy. First, under Rule 14a-8, management is permitted to exclude a shareholder proposal under a few specific circumstances.78See 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8 (2024). However, exclusion is permitted only after management submits its reasons to the SEC. For this reason, we also searched through the SEC’s no-action letter archives to see whether any of these companies sought to exclude shareholder proposals, and if so, on what grounds. Second, it is also possible for management to persuade a shareholder to withdraw a proposal through negotiation.79See, e.g., Kobi Kastiel & Yaron Nili, The Giant Shadow of Corporate Gadflies, 94 S. Cal. L. Rev. 569, 580 (2021) (“After a shareholder submits a proposal, . . . the proponent may withdraw the proposal after negotiations with the company.”). There is also reason to believe that companies may be less likely to seek to exclude proposals through SEC no-action letters, as the result of the SEC’s 2021 policy change with respect to issuing no-action letters. See SEC Staff Legal Bulletin No. 14L (Nov. 3, 2021). These are done through private agreements, and we are unaware of any public data set that would capture withdrawn proposals.80We are also unaware of any study that has examined such proposals. For example, in their extensive empirical study on shareholder proposals, Nili and Kastiel acknowledge that their data set “does not include proposals that were withdrawn due to a negotiated agreement or otherwise.” Kastiel & Nili, supra note 79, at 581. For this reason, for data analysis purposes, we will assume that all properly submitted shareholder proposals are reflected under our search. Nevertheless, given the possibility of negotiations that may occur as a result of submitted-but-withdrawn shareholder proposals, we will look to other measures of shareholder engagement in Part V.

For all meme companies in the sample, with respect to observable shareholder proposals, we verified our numbers and analysis for this Section using the SharkWatch dataset, which is a standard resource for studying shareholder proposals.81See, e.g., Kastiel & Nili, supra note 65, at 61 n.19. Table 5 describes, for each meme stock company, the number of shareholder proposals (1) included in the company’s proxy statements, (2) approved each year, and (3) properly excluded via the SEC’s no-action letter. Some benchmark figures may be helpful to set proper expectations. In terms of raw numbers of shareholder proposals among the S&P 1500 companies, Professors Kobi Kastiel and Yaron Nili document “a relatively steady and significant number of shareholder proposals submitted to the S&P 1500 [between 2005 and 2018] (an average of 517 proposals per year).”82Kastiel & Nili, supra note 79, at 581. The pattern, however, is not uniform across all 1500 companies. In 2015, for example, “over 450 proposals were submitted to companies in the S&P 500, which is comprised of large-cap companies,” while “fewer than 150 shareholder proposals [combined] were submitted to the small- and mid-cap companies that comprise the S&P Mid-Cap 400 (S&P 400) and S&P 600, respectively.”83Kobi Kastiel & Yaron Nili, The Corporate Governance Gap, 131 Yale L.J. 782, 807 (2022). Given that meme stock companies are small-cap to mid-cap companies, there would be no expectation that any of these companies would be inundated with shareholder proposals.

Nevertheless, the results shown in Table 5 are revealing. For AMC Entertainment, Inc., Blackberry, Express, Inc., Koss, and Vinco Ventures, there were no shareholder proposals submitted between 2015 and 2022.84Kastiel and Nili explain, however, that “in many cases, shareholder proposals do not reach the voting stage” because “some companies prefer to work with the proposing shareholder to bring about a change rather than have the proposal go to a shareholder vote.” Kastiel & Nili, supra note 79, at 582. The same is true with Robinhood, but the company went public recently, and thus has had only one definitive proxy statement issued (in 2022). Thus, for these companies, no proposal was ever included in any definitive proxy statement (which the board did not recommend), and none of these companies have had to request no-action letters from the SEC (to exclude a shareholder proposal) during the time frame.

Table 5.  Shareholder Proposals at Meme Stock Companies, 2015–2022

Company\Year

Shareholder Proposals Included/Approved/Excluded

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

AMC Entertainment, Inc.

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

Bed Bath & Beyond

0/0/0

3/2/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

Blackberry

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

Express, Inc.

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

GameStop Corp.

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/3

Koss

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

Robinhood

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0/0/0

Vinco Ventures

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

0/0/0

Note: This table presents the number of shareholder proposals at meme companies between 2015 and 2022. For each company-year observation, we provide the total number of shareholder proposals included in the proxy statements, approved by shareholder vote, and excluded via SEC no-action letters.

Bed Bath & Beyond received three shareholder proposals in 2016, all of which the board recommended against. These included (i) a proposal for the board to implement proxy access, (ii) a proposal to have shareholders approve future severance packages, and (iii) a proposal for equity-based compensation for senior executives. Of these three, only the last one failed to pass.85See Bed Bath & Beyond, Inc., Current Report (Form 8-K) (July 1, 2016), https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/886158/000117184316010938/f8k_070116.htm [https://perma.cc/ZN76-DFFD]. Note also that these proposals significantly predate the meme surge, and as such, cannot be attributed to the influx of retail investors.

Finally, GameStop sought and received three no-action letters from the SEC for excluding shareholder proposals, all dating to April 22, 2022.86See GameStop Corp., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Apr. 21, 2022) [hereinafter Chaney GameStop Proposal], https://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/cf-noaction/14a-8/2022/chaneygamestop042122-14a8.pdf [https://perma.cc/B7HT-TUWV]; GameStop Corp., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Apr. 21, 2022) [hereinafter Crandall GameStop Proposal], https://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/cf-noaction/14a-8/2022/crandallgamestop042122-14a8.pdf [https://perma.cc/T3J8-4MHS]; GameStop Corp., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (Apr. 21, 2022) [hereinafter Sapienza GameStop Proposal], https://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/cf-noaction/14a-8/2022/sapienzagamestop042122-14a.pdf [https://perma.cc/E2XE-A9W8]. These involved proposals by three different shareholders, and management could permissibly exclude all of them for failing to meet the deadline for submission. Note, however, that given that these proposals were for the 2022 annual meeting, which requires the raised thresholds, these shareholders are unlikely to be meme traders. Meanwhile, the content of these proposals is also worth examining.

In one proposal, a self-described registered GameStop shareholder (who didn’t specify how many shares he held) proposed that the company offer a non-fungible token (“NFT”) dividend to its stockholders.87See Crandall GameStop Proposal, supra note 86. In another proposal, a shareholder who claims to own 191 Class A shares proposed that the board “immediately engage the services of the Company’s Transfer Agent, Computershare Limited (“Computershare”) to enable both investment and Direct Registration of Class A shares in both Roth and Traditional Individual Requirement Account (“IRA”) Shareholder Investment Programs at Computershare.”88Chaney GameStop Proposal, supra note 86. Finally, a third shareholder who beneficially owns 540 Class A shares of GME submitted an identical proposal as the second shareholder.89See Sapienza GameStop Proposal, supra note 86.

What can we learn from the shareholder proposals we examined? The 2016 proposals by Bed Bath & Beyond shareholders do reflect a genuine attempt at participating in corporate governance matters, but as mentioned already, these efforts predate the influx of retail investors. The GameStop shareholder proposals, however, tell a different story. On the one hand, they do indicate retail investor participation: it is possible that they were encouraged by the meme surge of 2021 to organize some activist effort. On the other hand, these proposals also do not relate to corporate governance matters: one is a dividend payment suggestion, while the other is a proposal to help certain retail shareholders obtain tax advantages. As of yet, there is no indication that GameStop investors—meme traders or not—are particularly likely to bring about governance reforms through shareholder proposals.

V.  BEYOND VOTING: ESG, DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE, BOARD GENDER DIVERSITY, AND R&D

Voting and shareholder proposals are not the only ways shareholders can influence corporate governance at public companies. Boards, institutional investors, and policymakers are increasingly paying attention to a firm’s prosocial performance as captured by ESG metrics.90See generally Max M. Schanzenbach & Robert H. Sitkoff, Reconciling Fiduciary Duty and Social Conscience: The Law and Economics of ESG Investing by a Trustee, 72 Stan. L. Rev. 381 (2020) (explaining the growing market pressures to account for environmental and social factors in investing). Even if retail investors do not directly participate in governance (through voting or submitting proposals), it is possible that their presence and preferences could indirectly influence how firms are governed. For example, the meme surge could have left a considerable imprint on public companies if retail investors managed to make their firms’ preferences more prosocial. For one thing, because management may be able to raise extra cash through at-the-market offerings at inflated stock prices,91An at-the-market offering allows an issuer to sell more of its stocks at the prevailing market price. According to our EDGAR search, GameStop and AMC Entertainment took advantage of meme surges and made at-the-market offerings. See Felix Gillette & Eliza Ronalds-Hannon, AMC’s CEO Turned His $9 Billion Company into a Meme Machine, Bloomberg (Aug. 17, 2022, 2:00 AM), https://www.bloomberg.com/news/features/2022-08-17/amc-amc-stock-became-a-meme-thanks-to-adam-aron-s-antics [https://perma.cc/SFG9-LE4H] (describing how AMC’s CEO “transformed himself into a Twitter-obsessed, gold mine-buying, populist folk hero for retail investors”). managers have reason to cater to the preferences of meme traders—that is, to make sure that meme surges persist (especially in times of trouble) and that these investors do not go away. In addition, it is also possible that a meme trader may have submitted a shareholder proposal but decided to withdraw it in return for some concession from the board or management, such as instituting some prosocial changes. Another possible indirect effect of meme surges could have been an increase in R&D spending. For example, those companies that engaged in at-the-market offerings could have invested the new funds in transformative innovative activity. Below, we also explain other mechanisms that were highlighted in the finance literature.92See infra Section VI.C. To estimate these possible indirect influences, in this Part, we first assess the impact of the meme phenomenon on firm ESG scores, board independence, and gender diversity. We then investigate whether meme companies spent more on R&D and capital expenditures after the influx of retail investors.

A.  ESG Scores at Meme Stock Companies

An important claim in the legal scholarship on retail investors is that these new entrants to the financial markets have different goals and expectations from management (as compared with more established institutional players or to retail investors from the previous generation). Gramitto Ricci and Sauter, for example, envisage meme trading as “a social movement able to bring business corporations to serve their original partly-private-partly-public purpose.”93Gramitto Ricci & Sautter, Corporate Governance Gaming, supra note 27, at 51. In other words, scholars envisioned meme companies as potentially deviating from the shareholder wealth-maximization norm and instead advancing social and environmental causes with pressure from retail investors. There is a demographic aspect to this argument. As Fisch observes, many of the retail investors who invested in meme stocks were younger people. Since some argue that the millennial generation has different preferences and is in favor of socially responsible investing even at the cost of wealth-maximization, Fisch expected the young cohort of retail investors to potentially pressure management to improve ESG metrics.94See Fisch, supra note 6, at 1850–51. However, Fisch also notes that “the extent to which citizens will pursue stakeholder or societal goals in their role as investors remains unclear.”95Id. at 1851.

To shed some light on the extent to which meme traders affected socially responsible investing and management, we obtained data on ESG scores for each firm in the Compustat dataset between 2015 and 2021. The ESG scores are taken from the MSCI ESG Score Indexes. This index measures ESG in several different ways, but we chose the most comprehensive measure—industry-adjusted total ESG score—as our outcome of interest.96There is some debate as to what the ESG rating really captures. The rating is intended to measure risk, but ESG scholars also employ this metric as a performance indicator—e.g., firms’ efforts to manage ESG risks. For studies using this index as a performance indicator, see, e.g., Ľuboš Pástor, Robert F. Stambaugh & Lucian A. Taylor, Dissecting Green Returns, 146 J. Fin. Econ. 403, 417 (2022); Mozaffar Khan, George Serafeim & Aaron Yoon, Corporate Sustainability: First Evidence on Materiality, 91 Acct. Rev. 1697, 1704 (2016). For more on the debate, see generally George Serafeim & Aaron Yoon, Stock Price Reactions to ESG News: The Role of ESG Ratings and Disagreement, 28 Rev. Acct. Stud. 1500 (2022). MSCI measures the ESG score for each firm at different points in the year. Therefore, we counted an ESG score to “belong” to a given year if it was assessed after June 30 of the previous calendar year or before June 30 of that year. For example, any ESG score assessed between June 30, 2015, and June 30, 2016, is counted as that firm’s 2016 ESG score. We estimated a difference-in-difference regression model assessing whether ESG scores changed differently for meme stocks after the abolition of commissions and the meme surge of 2021. Table 6 presents the results of this regression.

Table 6.  Meme Stocks and ESG Scores

 

(1)

(2)

 

Baseline

With Financials

2019–20

0.326***

0.295***

 

(0.0305)

(0.0348)

2019–20 x Meme

–0.0817

–0.0115

 

(0.127)

(0.125)

2021

0.644***

0.604***

 

(0.0434)

(0.0493)

2021 x Meme

–1.818**

–1.727*

 

(0.918)

(0.909)

Constant

4.219***

4.244***

 

(0.0515)

(0.0792)

 

 

 

Observations

13,739

12,039

R-squared

0.804

0.805

Firm Fixed Effects

Yes

Yes

Firm Financials

No

Yes

Note: This table presents the results of a linear regression model in which the dependent variable is the yearly industry adjusted ESG score reported for each firm by MSCI ESG Indexes. 2019–20 equals 1 for years 2019 and 2020, while 2021 equals 1 for 2021. Column (2) adds controls for firm assets, cash ratio, debt ratio, and return on assets. Columns (1) and (2) include firm fixed effects, and all standard errors are clustered at the firm level. Continuous variables are winsorized at the 1% level. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

As shown in Table 6, there is no observable positive effect of meme trading on our treated companies with respect to ESG scores, either after the abolition of commissions in 2019 or the rise in social media interest in 2021. In fact, not only are all the coefficient estimates on (2019–20 x Meme) and (2021 x Meme) variables negative, but the coefficient estimates on (2021 x Meme) variable are also statistically significantly negative, with or without financial controls, at 10% and 5% levels, respectively. While not conclusive, these results are consistent with the earlier results on shareholder voting and proposals, and perhaps not too surprising. If we expect that the new retail investors are more passive, it would not be surprising to expect that the companies would face less pressure from the retail investors and be less inclined to improve upon ESG issues, even if retail investors may care more about these topics in their personal lives. Furthermore, as discussed briefly in Parts II and III, meme firms had higher debt than other firms, and many of them had faltering business models. With an influx of new passive shareholders, management at these firms may have been tempted to reduce expenditure in compliance or ESG initiatives, especially when they know that they will face little pressure from their retail shareholder base.

B.  Board Independence and Diversity at Meme Stock Companies

Next, we looked at the relationship between meme trading and board characteristics. We used data on director independence and board gender diversity from BoardEx, with the dependent variable equaling the percentage of a company’s board that is independent or female, depending on the empirical test.97We assign a year to board independence and diversity data based on the reporting date in BoardEx in the same way we handle the dating of ESG information. See supra Section V.A. Ethnic diversity is another variable we could examine. Nevertheless, BoardEx datasets do not include ethnicity data in a readily usable format. Table 7 presents regression analyses in which the percentage of independent directors is the dependent variable. Leading academic commentators, regulators, and institutional investors usually take a higher share of independent directors to be a sign of better corporate governance,98See Dorothy S. Lund & Elizabeth Pollman, The Corporate Governance Machine, 121 Colum. L. Rev. 2563, 2630 (2021). even though the empirical evidence on the correlation between board independence and firm performance is mixed.99See generally Sanjai Bhagat & Bernard Black, The Non-Correlation Between Board Independence and Long-Term Firm Performance, 27 J. Corp. L. 231 (2002) (showing that director independence is not associated with several measures of firm performance). Regardless of whether director independence boosts firm value, the results in Table 7 indicate that meme firms did not experience a significant increase in the share of independent directors either after the abolition of commissions or during the meme surges on social media. Nevertheless, unlike the ESG results in Table 6, we do not see meme companies performing “worse” than other companies. Our results simply suggest that there is no significant relationship between the meme phenomenon and director independence.

Table 7.  Meme Stocks and Board Independence

 

(1)

(2)

 

Baseline

With Financials

2019–20

1.489***

1.437***

 

(0.143)

(0.165)

2019–20 x Meme

4.573

4.753

 

(2.920)

(2.932)

2021–22

2.729***

2.545***

 

(0.184)

(0.219)

2021–22 x Meme

5.251

5.596

 

(3.771)

(3.782)

Constant

75.99***

71.91***

 

(0.0641)

(1.404)

 

 

 

Observations

21,581

19,538

R-squared

0.805

0.805

Firm Fixed Effects

Yes

Yes

Firm Financials

No

Yes

Note: This table presents the results of a linear regression model in which the dependent variable is the percentage of directors that are independent, per BoardEx. 2019–20 equals 1 for years 2019 and 2020, while 2021–22 equals 1 for 2021 and 2022. Column (2) adds controls for firm assets, cash ratio, debt ratio, and return on assets. Columns (1) and (2) include firm fixed effects, and all standard errors are clustered at the firm level. Continuous variables are winsorized at the 1% level. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

Board gender diversity is another area in which major corporations have focused in recent years, seeking to improve the representation of women. For example, California recently passed legislation mandating that firms headquartered in the state ensure that they had at least a minimum number of women directors on the board.100See Darren Rosenblum, California Dreaming?, 99 B.U. L. Rev. 1435, 1439 (2019) (citing Cal. Corp. Code § 301.3 (West 2019)). As with director independence, the empirical evidence for board gender diversity improving firm performance is mixed.101See generally Deborah L. Rhode & Amanda K. Packel, Diversity on Corporate Boards: How Much Difference Does Difference Make?, 39 Del. J. Corp. L. 377 (2014). Given, however, the concerted recent efforts to improve board gender diversity, we examine whether meme firms saw any changes with respect to this corporate governance measure. The regression analyses presented in Table 8 do not show meme companies granting women greater representation on boards after either the abolition of commissions or the advent of the social media-driven meme surges. Therefore, like director independence, we do not observe any significant recent changes for meme firms when analyzing board gender diversity.

Table 8.  Meme Stocks and Board Gender Diversity

 

(1)

(2)

 

Baseline

With Financials

2019–20

6.012***

5.689***

 

(0.167)

(0.191)

2019–20 x Meme

3.033

3.314

 

(3.842)

(3.850)

2021–22

10.50***

9.986***

 

(0.226)

(0.262)

2021–22 x Meme

–3.707

–2.981

 

(6.055)

(6.128)

Constant

14.09***

2.532

 

(0.0767)

(1.617)

 

 

 

Observations

21,581

19,538

R-squared

0.763

0.759

Firm Fixed Effects

Yes

Yes

Firm Financials

No

Yes

Note: This table presents the results of a linear regression model in which the dependent variable is the percentage of directors that are female, per BoardEx. 2019–20 equals 1 for years 2019 and 2020, while 2021–22 equals 1 for 2021 and 2022. Column (2) adds controls for firm assets, cash ratio, debt ratio, and return on assets. Columns (1) and (2) include firm fixed effects, and all standard errors are clustered at the firm level. Continuous variables are winsorized at the 1% level. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

We note that the results from this Part are not necessarily inconsistent with the observations made in the literature about retail investors primarily belonging to the millennial generation102See generally Barzuza, Curtis & Webber, supra note 28 (discussing corporate governance preferences of millennials). or this age cohort of investors having pro-ESG preferences. Instead, taken together with the earlier results about low levels of voting by retail investors, they suggest that retail investor apathy renders them unlikely to be able to change management policies toward the environment or social causes. Therefore, while the earlier scholarship on retail investors understandably thought millennial and Gen Z retail investors would move firms away from the wealth-maximization norm once they got a seat at the table, they underestimated the possibility that these investors would neglect to actually take their seat by voting or otherwise engaging with management.

C.  Profitability, R&D, and Capital Expenditure

As the final set of empirical exercises, we explore whether the influx of retail investors at the meme stock companies may have (indirectly) affected the financial performance or operations at the companies. To set the stage, Figure 4 presents three graphs on the average ROA, average R&D expenses, and average capital expenditures (“CapEx”), for meme and non-meme companies between 2015 and 2021. With respect to the ROA (a profitability measure) shown in the upper panel, there is a clear downward trend at meme companies while the non-meme companies’ average profitability seems much more stable over the same period. At the beginning of the sample period, in fact, meme stock companies were on average more profitable than other, non-meme companies, but the meme companies have experienced a sustained slide in their ROA, and by the end of the sample period, meme companies are performing significantly worse than non-meme companies. Despite some meme companies raising large sums of money by conducting at-the-market offerings at elevated prices,103See sources cited supra note 7 and accompanying text. notably Game Stop and AMC, these firms saw a decrease in profitability.

The substantial decrease in profitability of meme companies could be because their business models may have been fundamentally untenable in a changing world. It is also possible that the agency costs within these firms have gotten worse due, for instance, to less monitoring and less activism by their new retail shareholders.104See Appel et al., supra note 21, at 131. The authors empirically examine how the influx of institutional shareholders, due to an exogenous change in Russell 1000 and 2000 indices, affect corporate governance and show that the firm performance generally improves when there are more institutional investors. Id. at 134. In some sense, our paper is looking almost at the opposite question, but basing on the meme surge. While Part V examines firm performance, Part IV documents investors’ governance participation. The average R&D expenses and capital expenditure trends (as shown in the middle panel and lower panel, respectively) seem to suggest that, at the operational level, meme companies are spending less on innovation and structural improvements. Before we proceed, we should note that the small number of meme stocks is bound to introduce more variability in numerical averages. As such, there may generally be more noise in the time-trends in Figure 4 for meme (as compared with non-meme) stocks. However, the consistent downward trend for meme companies does indicate a real trend in profitability and innovative expenditures for these firms.105Because we have used ROA as an independent variable in our regression models throughout the paper, we do not report the regression results that examine the effect of meme surge and zero-commission trading on ROA. However, consistent with the figure, the coefficient estimates when we analyze the ROA as a dependent variable are significantly negative for meme companies, with respect to both post zero-commission trading and post meme surge.

Figure 4.  Average Return on Assets, R&D Expenses, and Capital Expenditures for Meme and Non-Meme Stocks


Note: This figure presents three separate graphs: mean return on assets, R&D expenses, and capital expenditures, between 2015 and 2021, separately for meme and non-meme companies.

To get a better understanding of meme companies’ performance, we took a closer look at the two operational measures: R&D and capital expenditures. Two theories of R&D spending are potentially relevant to meme companies. First, financial economists have explored the link between an increase in firms’ market valuation and innovation activity. Specifically, a study by a group of financial economists, using mutual fund flows as a measure of market’s optimistic valuation, found a “very strong and robust association” between firm overvaluation and R&D spending.106See Dong et al., supra note 21, at 2609 (showing how “overvaluation” of firm stock, driven by an exogenous increase in mutual fund outflows, increase a firm’s innovation activity, including R&D spending, through both financing (equity and debt financing) and non-equity (managerial confidence and insulation from a possible takeover) channels). At the same time, however, because the authors rely on mutual fund inflows to proxy for an increase in firm valuation (and outflows for decreases in valuation), it is more difficult to establish whether any increase in innovation activity is due to increases in valuation or to increases in institutional ownership. If the effect is strong with respect to the latter, that would be consistent with the alternate hypothesis, and our finding will also be consistent with the institutional ownership hypothesis. They found that R&D spending is more sensitive to firm overvaluation than to growth in company sales and cash flow.107See id. The underlying reasoning seems to be that corporate managers respond to higher market valuations by becoming more optimistic and engaging in more creative (and higher-risk) forms of innovation. If this theory applies to meme companies, one might expect that meme surges would have emboldened executives at these companies to increase R&D spending.

On the other hand, others have documented increase in R&D spending (and other innovative activities) associated with a larger fraction of institutional ownership.108See Bushee, supra note 21, at 305; Aghion et al., supra note 21, at 277; Appel et al., supra note 21, at 115. As institutional ownership increases, one can argue that this will increase shareholder monitoring (and lower agency costs) and induce the firm managers to engage in more innovative activities (and not shirk), which, in turn, should correlate with various measures of innovation and long-term investment, such as R&D spending and capital expenditures. Moreover, institutional investors have a long-term orientation, which allows managers to make risky expenditures on innovative projects without fear of being fired for failing to deliver short-term profits.109See Aghion et al., supra note 21, at 302–03. To the extent that this theory applies to meme stock companies, one might expect that the influx of retail investors and the resulting transformation of the stockholder base at these companies110See generally supra note 27 and accompanying text. would lead to these companies to decrease their R&D spending, since these firms saw ownership change hands from institutional investors to retail participants. Accordingly, examining how R&D spending has changed at meme stock companies could shed light on which of the two theories is more likely at play. We explored this question by conducting the standard difference-in-difference regression as in the rest of this Article and using R&D and capital expenditures as alternate dependent variables.111Following the financial economics and accounting literature, we replace missing values for R&D spending with zeroes. See Dong et al., supra note 21, at 2620; Ping-Sheng Koh & David M. Reeb, Missing R&D, 60 J. Acct. & Econ. 73, 74 (2015) (showing that about 10.5% of the firms who do not accurately report R&D expenditures in their financial statements file and receive patents which is 14 times larger than those firms that report zero R&D).

Table 9.  Meme Stocks and Expenditures on Innovation

 

(1)

(2)

 

R&D Expenses

Capital Expenditures

2019–20

14.38***

2.485

 

(1.574)

(3.943)

2019–20 x Meme

–28.59**

–62.43***

 

(12.85)

(20.67)

2021–22

30.10***

18.58***

 

(2.801)

(5.872)

2021–22 x Meme

–46.20***

–91.18*

 

(15.10)

(48.18)

Constant

95.81***

273.9***

 

(0.896)

(1.967)

 

 

 

Observations

28,247

34,519

R-squared

0.969

0.957

Firm Fixed Effects

Yes

Yes

Note: This table presents the results of a linear regression model in which the dependent variable is annual corporate R&D spending in column (1) and capital expenditures in column (2). 2019–20 equals 1 for years 2019 and 2020, while 2021–22 equals 1 for 2021 and 2022. Columns (1) and (2) include firm fixed effects, and all standard errors are clustered at the firm level. The ***, **, and * denote significance at the 1%, 5%, and 10% levels.

Table 9 presents the results of these regressions. As seen by the negative coefficient estimates on two interaction dummy variables, “2019–20 x Meme” and “2021–22 x Meme,” the regression results show that there was a significant decrease in both R&D and capital expenditures at the meme companies both after the 2019 abolition of commissions and the meme surge of 2021.112In these regressions, we do not control for firm financials in these models since, for example, R&D spending and capital expenditure could be codetermined with other financial measures. However, our results do not change when we additionally control for firm financials, including return on assets, cash and debt ratios, and ln(assets). Except for the coefficient estimate on the “2021–22 x Meme” in capital expenditures regression, which is significantly negative at the 10% level, the other estimates are significant at the 5% level. These results indicate that, unlike the case for more traditional measures of cash inflows, such as mutual fund flows, meme surges are not associated with increases in either R&D spending or capital expenditure. Rather, the results support the existing findings in the literature that an increase in institutional ownership is correlated with more R&D and capital expenditure spending. Therefore, when meme companies swapped institutional investors for meme traders in recent years, managerial incentives to spend on innovation may have decreased.

VI.  DISENTANGLING MEME INVESTING AND MEME SHAREHOLDING

The central inquiry of this Article has been how a dramatic change in shareholder base can affect corporate governance and whether retail investors can bring about meaningful changes as retail shareholders. While the time trends surveyed in Part I are consistent with more meme investing, meme investing is not, in turn, synonymous with meme shareholding. Indeed, the results discussed in Part II to Part V suggest that these new market entrants have not shaken up the way corporations are governed on an ongoing basis. The main question is why. In this Part, we explore several reasons as to why meme investing has not translated into meme shareholding.

A starting point is recognizing that despite the natural connection between retail investors and retail shareholders, their actual activities are quite different. As an investor, an individual is concerned about profitable short or long run transactions. Her activities include studying market information and diversifying portfolios. As a shareholder, an individual is concerned about capital gains, dividend payments, and her control rights (what may collectively be called “corporate governance”). She has the right to participate in shareholder voting, nominate director candidates, submit proposals, or even run proxy contests.113Another important right given to the shareholder, of course, is to bring lawsuits, based on either federal securities laws or corporate law (such as claims for breach of fiduciary duty), but here we focus on investing and governance. An individual faces different challenges depending on whether she is acting as an investor or as a shareholder. A trader is vulnerable at the moment she is transacting because she may be purchasing or selling stocks at an unfair price due to undisclosed information.114See James J. Park, Reassessing the Distinction Between Corporate and Securities Law, 64 UCLA L. Rev. 116, 116 (2017). By contrast, a shareholder is vulnerable as long as she owns the stock because corporate misconduct and breaches of fiduciary duties can reduce the share price.115See id.

More to the point, there is a significant difference between the payoffs of these activities. Retail traders participating in a meme surge will trade with a certain expectation and the payoff from their trades may be realized (relatively) quickly. There is a sense of instant gratification as well as an immediate opportunity to participate in a social activity. By contrast, retail shareholders may cast their votes only to find out that their votes have made no difference to the outcomes—for example, because the median voter is not among them—or that the proposals approved do not bring about any immediate changes in the way their corporations are run. In addition, if meme stock traders are driven by quick payoffs, they may not even be shareholders as of their company’s record date—in other words, they may not be eligible to vote by the record date for the annual meetings.

Another factor that may be driving the result is that technological developments may have reduced participation costs for shareholder engagement but not information costs. Participation costs refer to the resources the ordinary individual would need to learn about a firm and invest in it, while information costs are the costs she must incur to conduct research into the firm’s business operations and corporate governance. The digital innovations that sparked meme trading, such as the abolition of trading commissions, may not have reduced the information costs of shareholder participation in the same manner that they reduced participation costs of trading. Because meme trading is not an information-intensive activity, mobile apps like Robinhood and the abolition of trading commissions paved the way for retail traders. By contrast, shareholder voting is an inherently information-intensive activity, and thus, even with technologies that are designed to reduce participation costs, information costs that come with voting cannot be fully eradicated. This may account for why a sudden burst of enthusiasm for one type of activity may not instantly translate to a groundswell for another form of market participation.116A point worth highlighting is that it would not be accurate to group all retail investors together. The sudden influx is limited to a new generation of particular types of retail investors, that are now known by different names, such as “meme investors,” “meme traders,” “wireless investors,” or “ultra-retail investors.” See generally Abraham J.B. Cable, Regulating Democratized Investing, 83 Ohio St. L.J. 671 (2022). In our view, the term “meme traders” most aptly captures the observed pattern of transactions. In executing transactions motivated by Reddit discussion threads and triggering “short squeeze” attacks, these individuals cannot be said to be investing in any traditional sense. Although these traders only represent a subset of retail investors, they exist in sufficient numbers to affect price movements in the market for meme stocks.

It is also not insignificant that meme surges to date have been limited to a small set of companies that are not randomly selected. In discussing some common denominators among meme stock companies, one analysis catalogues factors such as low stock prices and enduring cultural relevance.117Naaman Zhou, What Is GameStop, Where Do the Memes Come In, and Who Is Winning or Losing?, The Guardian (Jan. 28, 2021, 1:46 AM), https://www.theguardian.com/culture/2021/jan/28/what-is-gamestop-where-do-the-memes-come-in-and-who-is-winning-or-losing [https://perma.cc/8D6Q-G9DN]. Indeed, our analysis of meme stocks reveals that these firms are mid- to small-cap companies, valued under $10 billion in market capitalization (some, in fact, have a much smaller market capitalization), with low stock prices.118The market capitalizations of meme stock companies we examine range from about $56.2 million to $9.2 billion. Their respective market capitalizations, as of January 2023, are as follows: $9.2 billion for Robinhood, $7 billion for GameStop, $2.8 billion for AMC, $2.5 billion for BlackBerry, $300 million for Bed Bath & Beyond, $150 million for Vinco, $77 million for Express, and $56 million for Koss. By comparison, the smallest company in the S&P 500 index has a market capitalization of $14.6 billion. See also supra Part II (presenting summary statistics for firm financials at meme and non-meme companies). Their modest sizes imply that even trades by a subset of retail investors can affect their stock prices—as such, they can be targets of short squeezes. At the same time, small companies are also more likely to suffer from a lack of significant corporate governance activities. As Kastiel and Nili documented, firms with smaller market capitalizations are less likely to adopt “best practices” in corporate governance and are less organized in doing so.119Kastiel & Nili, supra note 83, at 794. This could in part be because they are less likely to be targets of engagements by institutional shareholders120Id. or attract shareholder proposals related to governance.121Kastiel & Nili, supra note 65, at 807. Since meme companies have thus far been smaller firms, this suggests that they are unlikely to become overnight corporate governance exemplars.

Finally, one explanation consistent with our findings is that the segment of retail investors that entered the market as the result of the abolition of commission fees is not representative of the previously existing retail investor base.122Another point worth highlighting is that meme investors, too, may be a very particular subgroup of retail investors. There is little reason to believe that those who participated in meme frenzies are representative of the entire base of new generation of retail investors. According to Hasso et al., supra note 5, for example, 88% of the investors who participated in the GameStop frenzy were male and the average age was about 34. See id. at 2. The average years of trading experience of these investors was also less than 1 year. See id. Similarly, the 2020 WallStreetBets Census also shows similar statistics. Over 90% of the blog participants are male, and over 72% of them were aged twenty-nine and younger. See Presentation on 2020 WallStreetBets Census (Feb. 20, 2020), https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/1ozj-S3eIwSa6ZERs0kTdE1LiMYcN1kwBUGIDVcVlzLg/edit [https://perma.cc/QRA2-ZK5T]. Rather, they represent a particular subset of investors—those that were highly sensitive to then-existing low transaction fees. While they may have welcomed the commission-free trading platforms and have actively participated in such activities, those investors may also be presumptively unlikely to bear other types of transaction costs, such as submitting shareholder proposals or voting at annual meetings.

We believe the disjuncture between investing and share ownership may explain why meme surges and their impacts have been confined to the trading markets and presently remain divorced from meaningful shareholder activities in corporate America. These differences, of course, are not set in stone. As companies innovate and technological innovations lower the cost of shareholder engagement, it remains possible that future retail shareholders can make a meaningful difference at companies. This can also shift the balance of power away from institutional shareholders and toward retail shareholders. The jury is out on how such changes will come about in the future.

CONCLUSION

This Article has examined the impact of the dramatic influx of retail shareholders (from the “meme surge” of 2021) on various corporate governance and financial metrics at meme stock companies. Our analysis suggests that retail shareholders could be the leopards that failed to change their spots. For one, during the period when retail investor ownership of meme stocks has increased, the rates of non-voting have significantly risen at meme companies. This is in contrast to the rate of non-voting at non-meme companies, which has remained fairly stable over the same period. Although we cannot directly measure that the non-votes were coming more from retail investors—given that non-participation is generally attributed to retail investors and other non-meme companies were not experiencing anything similar in shareholder participation123See Brav et al., supra note 39, at 494; Geoffroy, supra note 66, at 1.—the result supports the hypothesis that the surge of retail investor interest in these companies is linked to the rise in non-voting.

Importantly, we observe that the increase in non-votes began in 2019, the same year that major brokerages abolished trading commissions, and the rate of non-votes went even higher in 2022, long after the meme surge was over. This indicates that the non-votes were not being driven by short-term speculators who may have participated in the meme surge of 2021 purely for financial gain and without any interest in democratic participation. The result is also consistent with the event-study evidence that the 2019 advent of zero-commission trading could have stirred retail investor interest in meme stocks (along with others). Retail investors have also failed to affect corporate governance at meme companies through the shareholder proposal process.

The Article also explored possible indirect avenues through which retail investors could have influenced meme companies. We find that the retail investors have been unable to translate their preferences into concrete improvements in the firms’ ESG scores or board independence and gender diversity. Furthermore, meme surges have not had an indirect effect on corporate innovation through R&D spending and capital expenditure. This finding contrasts with the earlier scholarship that showed positive correlation between increased valuation (for example, from mutual fund flows) and R&D spending, but it is consistent with the findings that showed a positive correlation between an increase in institutional ownership and innovative activities. In sum, all evidence to date suggests that meme trading may be a social phenomenon that remains largely orthogonal to retail shareholders’ aspirations to transform corporate governance. The demographic, societal, and technological changes surveyed in Part I could surely presage an increased role for retail investors at some time in the future. However, our empirical analysis suggests that this notion of democratized governance is yet to arrive at the firms targeted by the recent meme surges.

The Article’s primary focus has been on a handful of meme stock companies, such as GameStop, AMC, and Bed Bath & Beyond, with the principal finding that the new retail shareholders at these companies do not seem to be active in engaging with the management or in influencing the companies’ governance outcomes. Given that the Article’s focus is on a small number of companies that went through an unusual experience of facing a sudden surge of retail investors’ interest, one needs to be cautious about generalizing the results to other companies or making overarching conclusions. At the same time, these companies were chosen precisely because they were the primary targets of meme trading. Thus, to the extent we should have observed a new paradigm of corporate governance associated with meme surges, these companies would have been the most promising ones. Furthermore, particularly with respect to retail investors who remained loyal to the meme companies long after the “meme surge” was over, one would have expected them to be much more active in corporate governance and improving firm performance.

In sum, we believe that the Article’s findings are informative in getting a better understanding of retail shareholders’ engagement and potential democratizing benefits of allowing more retail investor participation. To get a better understanding of the importance of retail investor base on corporate governance, a future research project may take a closer look at how technological changes, including the introduction of zero-commission trading, may have had a broader effect on the capital markets and the more general impact of retail investors on corporate governance across a larger segment of the market. As the meme phenomenon spreads to banking stocks, SPACs, and bankrupt firms, research into meme investing and shareholder activity will become more important124See generally supra notes 8–10 and accompanying text. and shed new light on the issue of shareholder base and corporate governance.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1419

Download

* Assistant Professor of Law, Northwestern Pritzker School of Law.

† Paul G. Kauper Professor of Law, University of Michigan Law School; Research Member, European Corporate Governance Institute (“ECGI”).

‡ Professor of Law, Northwestern Pritzker School of Law; Director, Northwestern University Center on Law, Business, and Economics. The authors thank Quinn Curtis, Jill Fisch, Sue Guan, Dorothy Shapiro Lund, Frank Partnoy, Alex Platt, Roberta Romano, Kathy Spier, George Triantis, and Jonathon Zytnick; conference participants at the 2023 Corporate and Securities Litigation Workshop, the 2023 Korean Commercial Law Association Annual Meeting, the 2023 American Law and Economics Association Annual Meeting, the 2023 Winter Deals Conference, the 2023 Conference on Empirical Legal Studies, and the Law and Technology Conference at the University of Southern California; and workshop participants at Vanderbilt University Law School, Northwestern Pritzker School of Law, University of Michigan Law School, Bocconi University, Corporate Law Academic Webinar Series (CLAWS), Council of Institutional Investors (CII) Webinar Series and 2023 NYU Corporate Roundtable for many helpful comments and suggestions. The authors thank Irving A. Birkner (Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University), Shay Elbaum (University of Michigan Law Library), and Clare Gaynor Willis (Northwestern Pritzker School of Law Library) for help with data collection, and Danny Damitio, Andrea Lofquist, Michael Palmer, and Nanzhu Wang for their excellent research assistance. Comments are welcome to dhruv.aggarwal@law.northwestern.edu, alchoi@umich.edu, and alex.lee@law.northwestern.edu.             

Corporate Social Responsibility Through Shareholder Governance

New approaches to corporate purpose have emerged in recent years that hold out the promise of addressing concerns about corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) through shareholder governance, rather than in spite of it. The seminal such approach—enlightened shareholder value—posits that treating other stakeholders well can ultimately redound to long-term shareholder value. However, two more recent proposals reconceptualize shareholder interests in more holistic ways and urge that it is shareholders’ welfare, not shareholder value per se, that managers should pursue. In particular, the “shareholder social preferences” view incorporates into the corporate objective the degree to which the firm’s operations align with the social views of shareholders. The “portfolio value maximization view,” in contrast, argues that corporate fiduciaries should maximize the value of diversified shareholders’ portfolios by considering the externalities of the firm’s operations on those portfolios.

Shifting to shareholder welfare as the corporate objective, however, would do little to improve corporate conduct and would entail substantial costs. The social preferences of shareholders are conflicted, muted, and often prefer less protection of stakeholder interests than provided by law. Shareholders’ portfolio value captures only a small portion of the externalities like pollution that its proponents hope to address and risks motivating anticompetitive conduct. And neither corporate managers nor shareholders would have the information and incentives needed to pursue these additional shareholder welfare considerations. On the contrary, by distracting management from their core competencies, shareholder welfarism would ultimately lower shareholder welfare.

The future of CSR, as with its past, is instead with enlightened shareholder value (“ESV”). But the existing law-and-economics literature on ESV has been stunted by key misconceptions, which we attempt to dispel. The increasing use by various actors in the corporate system of normative arguments that sound in ESV terms may lead to new pathways for achieving social progress.

INTRODUCTION

Corporate managers play crucial roles in our society, sitting as they do atop organizations in control of vast agglomerations of resources. A long-standing debate in American law concerns how corporate fiduciaries should conceive of their jobs—what objective should they pursue? The traditional understanding is that the fiduciaries of a business corporation should pursue shareholder value, and much of our corporate governance system is designed to that end. Pursuit of shareholder value, of course, can conflict with other interests in society. The classic alternative to the shareholder value maximization paradigm is some form of stakeholderism, in which shareholder wealth is but one of the ends to be sought by management, alongside the interests of workers, other suppliers, customers, and the broader community.

But stakeholderism has foundered due to two key problems. First, state corporation statutes give shareholders the right to elect the board of directors, which in turn holds legal power to manage the corporation.1See, e.g., Del. Code Ann. tit. 8, §§ 141(a), 211(b) (2023). Directors are naturally oriented toward serving the interests of their equity investor electorate, so that absent deeper reforms that would give other stakeholders board representation, shareholders’ interests are likely to continue to be treated as primary.2Leo E. Strine, Jr., Corporate Power Is Corporate Purpose I: Evidence from My Hometown, 33 Oxford Rev. Econ. Pol’y 176, 179 (2017); Lucian A. Bebchuk & Roberto Tallarita, The Illusory Promise of Stakeholder Governance, 106 Cornell L. Rev. 91, 146 (2020); Edward B. Rock, For Whom Is the Corporation Managed in 2020?: The Debate over Corporate Purpose, 76 Bus. Law. 363, 394 (2021). Second, stakeholder theorists have not congealed around any methodology to determine how corporate management should strike the inevitable trade-offs among the competing interests of different stakeholders, simply leaving it up to management to sort out as they see fit.3Margaret M. Blair & Lynn A. Stout, Director Accountability and the Mediating Role of the Corporate Board, 79 Wash. U. L.Q. 403, 408 (2001). Lacking any metric against which management performance can be judged, stakeholderism in practice risks reducing the accountability of management.4Frank H. Easterbrook & Daniel R. Fischel, The Economic Structure of Corporate Law 38 (1991); Michael C. Jensen, Value Maximization, Stakeholder Theory, and the Corporate Objective Function, 14 J. Applied Corp. Fin., Fall 2001, at 8, 14 (2001) (“By failing to provide a definition of better [and worse decision-making], stakeholder theory effectively leaves managers and directors unaccountable for their stewardship of the firm’s resources.”).

The debate about corporate purpose is old, dating back at least as far as the foundational exchange between E. Merrick Dodd Jr. and A.A. Berle Jr. in the pages of the Harvard Law Review in the early 1930s.5See generally E. Merrick Dodd, Jr., For Whom Are Corporate Managers Trustees?, 45 Harv. L. Rev. 1145 (1932); A.A. Berle, Jr., For Whom Corporate Managers Are Trustees: A Note, 45 Harv. L. Rev. 1365 (1932). Yet as early as that era, there were those who questioned the extent to which shareholder interests are actually incompatible with stakeholder interests. Mistreating workers, customers, and other firm patrons is not in general a recipe for long-term business success.6Jensen, supra note 4, at 16 (“[I]t is a basic principle of enlightened value maximization that we cannot maximize the long-term market value of an organization if we ignore or mistreat any important constituency.” (emphasis omitted)). As Dodd himself put it, “No doubt it is to a large extent true that an attempt by business managers to take into consideration the welfare of employees and consumers . . . will in the long run increase the profits of stockholders.”7Dodd, supra note 5, at 1156. While not embraced by Dodd,8Id. at 1156–57 (“[O]ne need not be unduly credulous to feel that there is more to this talk of social responsibility on the part of corporation managers than merely a more intelligent appreciation of what tends to the ultimate benefit of their stockholders.”). this so-called “enlightened” shareholder value view has historically represented the primary alternative to stakeholderism for those seeking to reorient corporate managers toward more socially responsible business practices.9See Dorothy S. Lund, Enlightened Shareholder Value, Stakeholderism, and the Quest for Managerial Accountability in Research Handbook on Corporate Purpose and Personhood 91, 94–99 (Elizabeth Pollman & Robert B. Thompson eds., 2021) (documenting embrace of ESV among corporate managers and investors).

But recent years have given rise to new perspectives on how corporate managers should understand shareholders’ interests that aim to weaken the grip of shareholder value on the hearts and minds of corporate managers and provide a new north star by which they could chart a more socially responsible course. The key to these innovations is the recognition that the shareholders of a business corporation in general care about more than just the return on the company’s common stock. For one, shareholders care about other stakeholders’ interests directly because of their own personal normative commitments (their “social preferences,” in the reductive parlance of economists). And even from just a financial perspective, each shareholder’s stake in the company is held as part of a broader portfolio. Some portion of the external harms that arise as by-products of the company’s pursuit of profits—to the environment, for example—will ultimately fall on other companies held in shareholders’ portfolios. Under this view, for corporate fiduciaries to further shareholders’ true interests, properly understood, they must eschew narrow shareholder value maximization and instead focus on shareholder welfare maximization, which incorporates these shareholder social preferences and portfolio effects.

In this Article we provide the first comprehensive analysis of these attempts, new and old, to pursue corporate social responsibility through shareholder governance. In Part I, we provide a brief overview of the traditional debate about the objective of a business corporation. In Part II, we dilate on the idea of enlightened shareholder value (“ESV”) as a way to pursue corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) within the traditional norm of shareholder primacy. In Part III, we outline the more recent attempts to improve corporate conduct by incorporating more holistic understandings of shareholder interests, one that focuses on shareholders’ social concerns and another that considers shareholders’ financial interests from a diversified portfolio perspective, which we refer to as the shareholder social preferences (“SSP”) view and the portfolio value maximization (“PVM”) view, respectively.

In Part IV, we turn to evaluating the extent to which these three competing approaches to pursuing CSR through shareholder governance—ESV, SSP, and PVM—are likely to induce public companies to incur costs on a voluntary basis in ways that further the interests of other stakeholders in the firm. We refer to such actions as engaging in CSR. We begin by analyzing the degree to which the corporate objective posited by each approach captures CSR concerns, ignoring the challenges to inducing managers to pursue each objective. While the long-term shareholder value objective of ESV does align to some extent with key stakeholder concerns, it falls short of resolving all social conflicts about corporate conduct, even if we put feasibility concerns to the side. But incorporating shareholders’ social preferences into the corporate objective offers little hope for improvement. For one, shareholder welfare puts far greater relative weight on long-term shareholder value than would a proper conception of social welfare. As well, shareholders’ insulation from the social and moral pressures that generate prosocial behavior at the individual level mutes their social preferences with respect to corporate conduct. Finally, conflicts among shareholders about social issues further dampen the role of social preferences in shareholder welfare.

Diversified shareholders’ portfolio value is even less normatively attractive as a corporate objective. It captures only a small portion of the externalities like pollution that its proponents hope to address. The type of externalities it does capture effectively are competitive effects on other firms—like competitors’ loss of business following a cut to the price of the firm’s output—the result of which is to motivate socially destructive anticompetitive conduct.

We then consider the feasibility of implementing each approach. While ESV is substantially feasible in terms of its information demands, management’s incentives are more mixed due to standard agency problems. Corporate short-termism is one type of agency cost that might result in management failing to engage in CSR that would benefit shareholders in the long-term. Overinvestment due to empire building in high-negative externality industries is another. In sum, in practice management will sometimes, perhaps often, fall short of the degree of social responsibility that is consistent with the shareholder value objective.

Adding shareholders’ social preferences to the corporate objective, however, would provide little by way of incremental incentives to act responsibly. For one, given that shareholders’ social preferences are in important part associative, the shareholders actually willing to hold the shares of the companies that pose the greatest social concerns will be those least concerned about the social issues implicated. As well, management faces significant information problems in gleaning the strength and content of the social preferences of their shareholder base. Indeed, diversified shareholders themselves, we submit, would struggle to formulate such preferences across the myriad social issues implicated by their portfolios. These information problems of the SSP approach in turn produce a fundamental incentive problem. With one far more important component of the objective for which managers have reasonably good information—shareholder value—and one far less important component for which they have little information—shareholders’ social preferences—the optimal incentive scheme focuses management squarely on shareholder value. Attempts to push management to attend to shareholders’ social preferences thus risk doing more harm to shareholder (and social) welfare than good by distracting management from their core competencies.

The story is much the same for PVM. Corporate managers are likely to be far better informed about how their business produces cash flows for the company and about competitive effects on other firms than about other externalities of the company’s business on other companies. Nor are institutional investors likely to be in a meaningfully better position to provide information on portfolio externalities to managers. The optimal incentive scheme for firm managers under PVM would thus also focus on long-term shareholder value of the firm. To the extent it would incorporate externalities, they would be largely of the competitive variety, leading to worse corporate behavior from a social perspective.

To be sure, one might seek to sidestep these managerial incentive and information problems by simply devolving greater corporate control to shareholders, and a number of prominent scholars have indeed advocated taking such a direct approach to implementing shareholder welfarism.10See infra Section IV.C. However, for publicly traded corporations at the center of these proposals, the basic economic logic of centralized management would continue to apply, suggesting any such departure from centralized management would entail sacrificing many of the efficiencies that have long justified this form of corporate organization. As well, recent work in economics suggesting that shareholders would act like social planners were they to have greater voting rights on operational decisions is based on strong assumptions and is in practice implausible. Devolving corporate control to shareholders would therefore offer little benefit in terms of more responsible corporate conduct and would entail substantial costs.

Shareholder governance does hold significant promise for improving corporate conduct, but this promise does not stem from any innovation in our basic understanding of shareholders’ interests along the lines of shareholder welfarism. Rather, the future of CSR, as with its past, is with ESV. The existing law-and-economics literature on ESV, however, has been stunted by two key misconceptions, which we attempt to dispel in Part V. The first is to frame ESV as an alternative to shareholder value as a corporate objective. This is a category mistake: ESV is best understood as a reform agenda targeting a particular class of agency costs that harm not only shareholders but also other corporate stakeholders. A second misconception is that the behavior of all the key actors in the corporate system is fully determined by their incentives and so ideas inspired by ESV cannot improve it. But we show that this determinacy paradox is a challenge for all normative arguments in corporate law scholarship. The generality of this analytic challenge for normative arguments in the field has not previously been recognized. Yet we also provide good reasons to think that this challenge can be surmounted in the case of ESV. We conclude by outlining a research agenda on ESV that would help illuminate the scope for further improvements to CSR through shareholder governance.

I.  THE TRADITIONAL DEBATE ABOUT CORPORATE OBJECTIVE

The traditional debate about the objective of a business corporation traces back to an influential exchange almost a century ago between Columbia Law School Professor Adolf A. Berle and Harvard Law School Professor E. Merrick Dodd that grappled with a fundamental question posed by the publicly traded corporation: Given the practical inability of dispersed shareholders to monitor managers, what maximand should managers pursue in exercising their resulting wide discretion over corporate affairs?11See Dodd, supra note 5, at 1147 (“Directors and managers of modern large corporations . . . are free from any substantial supervision by stockholders by reason of the difficulty which the modern stockholder has in discovering what is going on and taking effective measures even if he has discovered it.”).

A.  Shareholder Wealth Maximization

Berle’s solution was to turn to the law of trusts and argue that managers are trustees obligated to exercise their discretion solely for the benefit of the shareholders,12See A.A. Berle, Jr., Corporate Powers as Powers in Trust, 44 Harv. L. Rev. 1049, 1049 (1931). which he understood narrowly in terms of their interests in the corporation’s profits.13Berle, supra note 5, at 1367 (“Now I submit that you can not abandon emphasis on ‘the view that business corporations exist for the sole purpose of making profits for their stockholders’ until such time as you are prepared to offer a clear and reasonably enforceable scheme of responsibilities to someone else.”). It was this view of the corporation that was later reprised in Milton Friedman’s famous assertion that corporate executives’ “responsibility is to conduct the business in accordance with [shareholders’] desires, which generally will be to make as much money as possible while conforming to the basic rules of the society.”14Milton Friedman, A Friedman Doctrine—The Social Responsibility of Business Is To Increase Its Profits, N.Y. Times (Sept. 13, 1970), https://www.nytimes.com/1970/09/13/archives/a-friedman-doctrine-the-social-responsibility-of-business-is-to.html [https://perma.cc/NSE6-ZBZU]. For Berle, this was a matter of managerial accountability. The only alternative he saw to the shareholder wealth maximization norm was to simply hand over “the economic power now mobilized and massed under the corporate form . . . to the present administrators with a pious wish that something nice will come out of it all.”15Berle, supra note 5, at 1368.

The shareholder wealth maximization norm has historically enjoyed broad support for several reasons. First, as a matter of economic theory, if markets are complete, firms are price takers, and there are no externalities not effectively addressed by government policy, corporate profit maximization results in a socially efficient outcome in the sense that there is no way to improve anyone’s well-being without making someone else worse off.16See Kenneth J. Arrow & Gerard Debreu, Existence of an Equilibrium for a Competitive Economy, 22 Econometrica 265, 265 (1954). By running the firm to maximize the value of the residual claims, the social pie is also maximized so long as government policy addresses externalities. Under the traditional shareholder value maximization view, then, externalities and distributive concerns are appropriately addressed by government policy, not by corporate managers assuming responsibility for them. Similarly, under these conditions, shareholders with conflicting preferences about the timing of consumption will nevertheless be unified in a corporate mandate to maximize shareholder wealth, since shareholders can satisfy their diverse consumption preferences by borrowing and saving.17See generally Steinar Ekern & Robert Wilson, On the Theory of the Firm in an Economy with Incomplete Markets, 5 Bell J. Econ. & Mgmt. Sci. 171 (1974)(explaining that with complete markets for borrowing and saving, it is in the interest of each shareholder to maximize firm value). Second, these theoretical arguments are complemented by the agency cost concerns articulated by Berle. Share value provides a simple metric by which to evaluate managers and to hold them accountable for the efficient deployment of corporate assets. Indeed, pioneering work on agency cost theory by Michael Jensen and William Meckling in the 1970s later formalized Berle’s central premise.18See Michael C. Jensen & William H. Meckling, Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure, 3 J. Fin. Econ. 305, 312 (1976). Lastly, the basic structure of corporate law reflects the shareholder value maximization norm, particularly in the key state of Delaware. While legal authority to manage the corporation is lodged in its board of directors, it is the stockholders who are entitled to elect directors.19See, e.g., Del. Code Ann. tit. 8, § 141(a) (2023); Model Bus. Corp. Act § 8.01(b) (2023) (establishing that business and affairs of corporations shall be managed by or under direction of board of directors); Del. Code Ann. tit. 8, § 211(b) (2023) (“[A]n annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors on a date and at a time designated by or in the manner provided in the bylaws.”). Likewise, courts have defined the fiduciary duties that directors owe to the corporation as ultimately oriented toward stockholder wealth.20As summarized by Vice Chancellor Laster in In re Trados, Inc., “the standard of conduct for directors requires that they strive in good faith and on an informed basis to maximize the value of the corporation for the benefit of its residual claimants [that is, common stockholders] . . . not for the benefit of its contractual claimants.” In re Trados, Inc., 73 A.3d 17, 40–41 (Del. Ch. 2013). A broad range of complementary institutions has developed that further entrench shareholder interests as the primary end of the corporate system.21Dorothy S. Lund & Elizabeth Pollman, The Corporate Governance Machine, 121 Colum. L. Rev. 2563, 2575–78 (2021).

B.  Stakeholderism

In contrast to Berle, Dodd identified a trend in public opinion toward viewing the publicly held corporation as an “economic institution which has a social service as well as a profit-making function”22Dodd, supra note 5, at 1148. and believing that “business has responsibilities to the community.”23Id. at 1153. He viewed this trend in public opinion as desirable and likely to become the view of corporate managers, who would develop business ethics that would be “in some degree those of a profession rather than of a trade.”24Id. at 1161. Normatively he argued against the position of Berle that corporate fiduciaries have a legal responsibility just to stockholders in order to preserve the freedom of action necessary for management to fulfill their inchoate social obligations.25Id. The conceptualization of those to whom corporate managers owe these social responsibilities as stakeholders took off much later with an influential book aimed at corporate managers by Edward Freeman titled Strategic Management: A Stakeholder Approach.26R. Edward Freeman, Strategic Management: A Stakeholder Approach (1984). Freeman offered a capacious definition of stakeholders as “any group or individual who can affect or is affected by the achievement of the organization’s objectives.”27Id. at 46. Owing in part to the influence of Freeman,28Joshua D. Margolis & James P. Walsh, Misery Loves Companies: Rethinking Social Initiatives by Business, 48 Admin. Sci. Q. 268, 279 (2003) (“Freeman’s ideas provided a language and framework for examining how a firm relates to ‘any group or individual who can affect or is affected by the achievement of the organization’s objective.’ ”). the school of thought originally launched by Dodd has since become known as “stakeholder theory” or simply “stakeholderism.”29Bebchuk & Tallarita, supra note 2, at 94. Under this view, corporate fiduciaries should voluntarily advance not just the interests of shareholders but also the interests of workers, creditors, other suppliers, customers, and all others who are affected by the corporation’s activities. The term “corporate social responsibility” is generally used to refer to this view of a firm’s obligations to advance the interests of its stakeholders.

To organize the various types of social concerns that animate stakeholder theory, it is useful to distinguish between corporate stakeholders that transact with the firm—which we will refer to as firm patrons—and stakeholders that do not. One type of concern regarding the treatment of firm patrons stems from market failures that lead to inefficient outcomes. A primary source of such market failures is market power. A firm with market power in the labor market, for example, will depress workers’ wages in order to maximize its profits.30Efraim Benmelech, Nittai K. Bergman & Hyunseob Kim, Strong Employers and Weak Employees: How Does Employer Concentration Affect Wages?, 57 J. Hum. Res. S200, S201 (2022). Similarly, market power with respect to its customers can lead to inefficiently high prices for the firm’s output.31Robert S. Pindyck & Daniel L. Rubinfeld, Microeconomics 359 (6th ed. 2005). In both cases these deviations from competitive prices result in deadweight costs—inefficient reductions in transactions in the market. Market power also raises distributive concerns—a greater share of the social surplus generated in the relevant market goes to the firm rather than firm patrons. Distributive concerns can also arise even in the absence of market power when the relevant market is competitive and efficient. Stakeholderists might view the low wages in a competitive labor market, for example, as socially undesirable and advocate for the firm to pay its workers more.32See, e.g., Addie Stone, Improving Labor Relations Through Corporate Social Responsibility – Lessons from Germany and France, 46 Cal. W. Int’l L.J. 147, 150–51 (2016) (“Employees are key stakeholders, and their compensation is an important CSR issue. . . . [C]ompanies should focus their CSR efforts on providing a living wage to its employees.”).

Concerns about non-firm patrons, in contrast, typically involve externalities. Consider, for example, climate change. Firms’ operations inevitably entail some amount of greenhouse gas emissions, which contribute to the total stock of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere and in turn to the warming of the planet. The global scope of the climate change problem, in terms of both its causes and effects, means that essentially the entire global community is affected by every firm’s operations and hence can be considered a stakeholder of every firm. But many other externalities are much smaller in scale, resulting in a firm’s local community typically having a greater interest in the firm’s operations than those further afield.

Note that the basic normative claim at the heart of stakeholderism—that corporate fiduciaries should voluntarily advance the interests of all firm stakeholders and not just the interests of shareholders—presumes some sort of imperfection in current law and policy or in corporations’ responses to it. Stakeholderists argue, in effect, that current public policy is not sufficient to protect stakeholder interests, and so corporate managers should go even further on their own.33See David L. Engel, An Approach to Corporate Social Responsibility, 32 Stan. L. Rev. 1, 36 (1979) (“One cannot persuasively claim to have found an extra-profit goal that society wants corporations to pursue, unless one can offer at least a plausible explanation of why the legislature did not long ago enact liability rules, regulations, or other measures, to implement the goal in question quite independently of any management practice of social responsibility.”).

Notwithstanding the orientation of corporate law toward shareholder wealth maximization, certain core features of corporate law provide the managerial discretion that is necessary to implement stakeholderism. Director decision-making in the absence of financial conflicts of interest remains largely shielded from judicial scrutiny by the business judgment rule. As a result, corporate managers enjoy broad discretion to consider an array of stakeholder interests so long as their decisions can be justified as ostensibly in the interests of the corporation.34See, e.g., Shlensky v. Wrigley, 237 N.E.2d 776, 780 (Ill. App. Ct. 1968) (holding that, absent fraud, illegality, or conflict of interest, the decision of the Chicago Cubs not to hold night games was properly in the hands of the board of directors and the courts would not intervene). The court pointed out that the decision might in principle be justified based on the financial interests of the corporation, for example, because of the possible negative effect on the property value of Wrigley Field that a deterioration in the surrounding neighborhood might cause. Id. Moreover, many state legislatures have amended corporate statutes to increase the compatibility of corporate law with stakeholderism. For instance, so-called constituency statutes have been adopted in most states—but not Delaware—that make clear that corporate fiduciaries are not required to consider only shareholder interests to the exclusion of other stakeholders’ interests.35Margaret M. Blair, Ownership and Control: Rethinking Corporate Governance for the Twenty-First Century 218–19 (1995). The main motivation for these reforms was to prevent corporate takeovers on the ground that takeovers and their associated restructurings could be harmful to workers and local communities.36See, e.g., Eric W. Orts, Beyond Shareholders: Interpreting Corporate Constituency Statutes, 61 Geo. Wash. L. Rev. 14, 23–24 (1992). Even in Delaware, the case law evolved to endorse the prerogative of corporate directors to take action to fend off a premium acquisition offer that the shareholders are eager to accept in order to pursue directors’ long-term vision of what is in the corporation’s best interest.37See Paramount Commc’ns, Inc. v. Time Inc., 571 A.2d 1140, 1142 (Del. 1989) (upholding defensive measures by the Time, Inc. board motivated in part by a desire to preserve the company’s editorial integrity). More recently, the adoption of public benefit corporation statutes has been similarly grounded in a desire to enable business corporations to pursue stakeholderist objectives.38See Jill E. Fisch & Steven Davidoff Solomon, The “Value” of a Public Benefit Corporation, in Research Handbook on Corporate Purpose and Personhood 68, 68 (Elizabeth Pollman & Robert B. Thompson eds., 2021). These developments show that there is nothing inevitable about privileging the interests of investors in operating a commercial enterprise. Indeed, a wide variety of enterprises—such as consumer cooperatives, producer cooperatives, and nonprofits—have chosen to privilege a different set of stakeholders.39Cf. Henry Hansmann, The Ownership of Enterprise (1996) (developing an efficiency-based theory for the assignment of ownership rights to different classes of firm patrons).

II.  ENLIGHTENED SHAREHOLDER VALUE

Stakeholderism correctly identifies that shareholders’ interests in corporate profits can conflict with other interests in society. From a static, short run perspective especially, these conflicts can loom large. Squeezing suppliers and customers can increase corporate profits at their expense. Cutting back on greenhouse gas emissions will improve the environment but at a direct cost to the company’s bottom line. And so on and so forth—the list of such conflicts is endless. But taking a longer-term perspective on the company and its business may lessen the degree of conflict between stockholders and other firm stakeholders. More generally, for a range of reasons, considered in some detail below, it can be in shareholders’ interests for the company to incur costs to improve the well-being of the firm’s stakeholders. Or put more colloquially, companies can “do well by doing good.” This enlightened shareholder value perspective, while often dismissed by stakeholder theorists as insufficient40See, e.g., Dodd, supra note 5, at 1156–57; Colin P. Mayer, Prosperity: Better Business Makes the Greater Good 6–7 (2018) (“ ‘Doing well by doing good’ is a dangerous concept because it suggests that philanthropy is only valuable where it is profitable, and it converts charity into profit-generating entities . . . .”). and by shareholder value theorists as uninteresting41See, e.g., Einer Elhauge, Sacrificing Corporate Profits in the Public Interest, 80 N.Y.U. L. Rev. 733, 744 (2005); Bebchuk & Tallarita, supra note 2, at 110 (“Enlightened shareholder value is thus no different from shareholder value tout court.”). or even counterproductive,42Lucian A. Bebchuk, Kobi Kastiel & Roberto Tallarita, Does Enlightened Shareholder Value Add Value?, 77 Bus. Law. 731, 734 (2022). has gained increasing traction in recent years as a way to respond to the concerns of stakeholderism that is compatible with existing institutions that put shareholder interests first.43See, e.g., Lund, supra note 9, at 97–98 (arguing that concerns about corporate short-termism have led to a shift toward an enlightened shareholder value perspective); Jensen, supra note 4, at 9 (“Enlightened value maximization uses much of the structure of stakeholder theory but accepts maximization of the long-run value of the firm as the criterion for making the requisite tradeoffs among its stakeholders . . . . In so doing, it solves the problems arising from the multiple objectives that accompany traditional stakeholder theory by giving managers a clear way to think about and make the tradeoffs among corporate stakeholders.”); Michael E. Porter & Mark R. Kramer, Creating Shared Value, 89 Harv. Bus. Rev., Jan.–Feb. 2011, at 62, 64–65; Alex Edmans, Grow the Pie: How Great Companies Deliver Both Purpose and Profit 55–56 (2020).

Today the idea of ESV is more commonly referred to under the moniker “ESG,” which stands for “Environmental, Social, and Governance.”44See The Global Compact, Who Cares Wins, at 3 (2004). While ESG is a notoriously protean term, used for a range of different ideas,45For an illuminating discussion of the origins of and diverse meanings ascribed to ESG, see generally Elizabeth Pollman, The Making and Meaning of ESG, Harv. Bus. L. Rev. (forthcoming), https://papers.ssrn.com/abstract=4219857 [https://perma.cc/3JCD-LP55]. its origins are as a term that captures ways that investors can improve their risk-adjusted returns by incorporating environmental, social, and governance considerations into their investment process.46See id. at 11–13; The Global Compact, supra note 44, at i–ii (2004); Alex Edmans, The End of ESG, 52 Fin. Mgmt. 3 (2022). A key aspect of the standard rationale for the use of ESG factors to improve investment returns is the idea that such factors affect profitability at the level of the portfolio company.47The Global Compact, supra note 44, at 9; Robert G. Eccles, Ioannis Ioannou & George Serafeim, The Impact of Corporate Sustainability on Organizational Processes and Performance, 60 Mgmt. Sci. 2835, 2849, 2851 (2014) (finding high sustainability companies outperform low sustainability companies both in terms of stock market and accounting performance). Indeed, the notion that paying attention to ESG matters for firm financial performance has become part of the zeitgeist of recent years, with public companies increasingly discussing their ESG initiatives on quarterly earnings calls,48Goldman Sachs Equity Research, The Corporate Commotion – A Rising Presence of ESG in Earnings Calls 25 (2020), https://www.goldmansachs.com/insights/pages/gs-sustain-corporate-commotion-f/report.pdf [https://perma.cc/AUE3-3YTN]. hiring executives to oversee ESG reforms,49See Stavros Gadinis & Amelia Miazad, Corporate Law and Social Risk, 73 Vand. L. Rev. 1401, 1420 (2020). and tying executive compensation to ESG metrics.50The Conference Board, Linking Executive Compensation to ESG Performance 3 (2022), https://www.conference-board.org/pdfdownload.cfm?masterProductID=41301 [https://perma.
cc/Z2M6-7NCV] (reporting that 73% of S&P 500 companies tied executive compensation to some form of ESG performance as of 2021).
Another aspect of this rationale for ESG investing is the claim that the stock market misprices ESG factors.51See Max M. Schanzenbach & Robert H. Sitkoff, Reconciling Fiduciary Duty and Social Conscience: The Law and Economics of ESG Investing by a Trustee, 72 Stan. L. Rev. 381, 437 (2020) (“For an investor to be able to profit by trading on ESG factors, the market must consistently misprice them.”). To be sure, the term ESG is also used for practices that sacrifice investor returns in order to achieve benefits for stakeholders.52See id. at 397–98 (referring to this form of ESG as “collateral benefits ESG”). But in the main, much of the standard rhetoric around ESG, and its intellectual origins, reflect what we refer to as ESV.53See, e.g., United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment, A Blueprint for Responsible Investment 7 (2017), https://www.unpri.org/download?ac=5330 [https://perma.cc/
W4L7-9FPP] (“That environmental, social and governance factors each contribute to creating long-term value is a case well-understood by many, but remains new to many others – so it is a case we must continue to make.”).
As of 2022, some $8.4 trillion in assets under management in the United States are invested using an ESG approach.54US SIF Foundation, 2022 Report on US Sustainable Investing Trends 2 (2022).

ESV theorists typically describe the corporate objective as long-term shareholder value. The modifier long-term serves two purposes. First, it signifies that much of the financial value of the firm’s shares stems from cash flows it will produce well into the future. Second, it reflects the possibility that a company’s stock price might not fully reflect immediately the future cash flows that an action to sacrifice corporate cash flows today will ultimately produce.55See Jensen, supra note 4, at 17; Edmans, supra note 43, at 121. But the basic valuation framework underlying ESV is entirely conventional: the firm should be managed to maximize the net present value of the firm’s equity, calculated by discounting the cash flows available to equity holders using the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate (however long it might take for the markets to catch up and price the company’s stock accordingly). In other words, ESV is not an alternative conception of corporate purpose—it retains the exact same corporate objective as standard shareholder value theory.56Analyses of ESV as a distinct normative standard for corporate decision-making thus largely miss the point of ESV. See generally, e.g., Bebchuk et al., supra note 42. We discuss critiques of ESV in some detail in Part V infra. Instead, ESV theory identifies a set of mechanisms through which firm managers can increase long-term shareholder value by behaving in a more socially responsible way.57For instance, a recent McKinsey Quarterly publication identifies five distinct channels through which more socially responsible corporate behavior can improve long-term profitability. Witold Henisz, Tim Koller & Robin Nuttall, Five Ways that ESG Creates Value, McKinsey Q., Nov. 2019, at 4.

With respect to the treatment of firm patrons, one mechanism posited entails a type of efficiency wage: treating a class of firm patrons better can induce reciprocal improved treatment of the firm by those firm patrons. For example, when a firm pays its workers better than their outside option—the market wage for similar labor—workers have greater incentive to perform their jobs well, in order to reduce the risk of dismissal, and the resulting increase in productivity can more than compensate for the firm’s increased wage bill.58See Carl Shapiro & Joseph E. Stiglitz, Equilibrium Unemployment as a Worker Discipline Device, 74 Am. Econ. Rev. 433, 433–34 (1984). Other accounts emphasize the importance of employee morale and perceptions of fairness: workers who are paid what they consider to be an unfair wage are likely to shirk or otherwise cut back on effort and vice versa.59George A. Akerlof & Janet L. Yellen, The Fair Wage-Effort Hypothesis and Unemployment, 105 Q. J. Econ. 255, 263 (1990). Similarly, a corporation that invests in promoting a diverse and inclusive work culture might boost employee motivation and performance60See Deloitte, Waiter, Is that Inclusion in My Soup?: A New Recipe To Improve Business Performance 4 (2013), https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/au/Documents/
human-capital/deloitte-au-hc-diversity-inclusion-soup-0513.pdf [https://perma.cc/5D8G-PHNA]; Jie Chen, Woon Sau Leung & Kevin P. Evans, Female Board Representation, Corporate Innovation and Firm Performance, 48 J. Empirical Fin. 236, 237 (2018).
and attract talented workers away from less enlightened competitors.61Gail Robinson & Kathleen Dechant, Building a Business Case for Diversity, 11 Acad. Mgmt. Exec. 21, 25 (1997). Consistent with this view—and with the stock market underpricing the benefits of favorable treatment of workers—the shares of companies identified as among the “100 Best Companies to Work For in America” earned significant excess returns from 1994 to 2009.62Alex Edmans, Does the Stock Market Fully Value Intangibles? Employee Satisfaction and Equity Prices, 101 J. Fin. Econ. 621, 621 (2011) [hereinafter Edmans, Does the Stock Market Fully Value Intangibles?]; see Alex Edmans, The Link Between Job Satisfaction and Firm Value, with Implications for Corporate Social Responsibility, 26 Acad. Mgmt. Persp. 1, 11 (2012) [hereinafter Edmans, The Link Between Job Satisfaction and Firm Value].

A related mechanism stems from the value of inducing firm-specific investments from firm patrons. A firm’s contracts with its patrons are often long-term and, in important respects, implicit.63See Oliver E. Williamson, The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational Contracting 194 (1985). Workers, for example, invest in human capital that is to some extent specific to the firm and less valuable elsewhere. In order to induce workers to make such costly investments, the firm promises in return to pay them a share of the surplus generated by their increased productivity. For such relational contracts to work, however, firm patrons must be able to trust the firm to perform its end of the bargain down the line. Breaching that implicit contract by cutting wages, say, can ultimately harm shareholders by destroying the firm’s reputation for trustworthiness.64Andrei Shleifer & Lawrence H. Summers, Breach of Trust in Hostile Takeovers, in Corporate Takeovers: Causes and Consequences 33, 37–38 (Alan J. Auerbach ed., 1988). Implicit contracts and the value of the firm’s reputation can also provide reasons for the firm to act in a socially responsible manner with respect to its customers. Consider a car insurance company that can increase its profits in the short run by engaging in various practices that slow down or limit the payment on policyholders’ claims. Such short-term financial benefits, however, might be swamped by the future costs of lost customers from the resulting harm to the firm’s reputation as a reliable insurer that treats its policyholders fairly.

The ESV perspective also posits a set of mechanisms through which incurring costs to treat non-patrons well can ultimately create net financial benefits to shareholders. Consider, for example, an energy company’s decision of how much to invest in exploring for oil. The optimal level of investment if one takes a myopic view and assumes that the current market demand for oil will continue indefinitely might be much higher than if one instead adopts a more realistic forecast of the coming transition to a low-carbon economy due to future policy changes and technological developments. The idea is that putting one’s head in the ground and investing based on a naïve assumption of continuing demand, even if it generates increased profits in the short- to medium-term, risks the eventual incurrence of large losses on stranded assets.

The social preferences of one class of firm patrons can also produce financial incentives to treat other classes of firm patrons and non-patrons well.65The social views of Millennial and Gen Z workers and customers might produce greater incentive for firms to engage in more socially responsible behavior than in the past, given their evidently greater willingness to express those views in their decisions about where to work and shop. See Michal Barzuza, Quinn Curtis & David H. Webber, The Millennial Corporation, 28 Stan. J.L. Bus. & Fin. 255, 259–61 (2023). For instance, given consumer demand for environmentally sustainable products, investment in these products can result in increased profits as well as an improved environment.66Stephanie M. Tully & Russell S. Winer, The Role of the Beneficiary in Willingness to Pay for Socially Responsible Products: A Meta-Analysis, 90 J. Retailing 255, 265 (2014).

While the foregoing identifies conceptually coherent mechanisms through which incurring costs to further stakeholder interests can ultimately redound to the financial benefit of stockholders, we do not mean to suggest that all corporate decisions ostensibly justified on that basis are in fact in stockholder interests. Indeed, ESV arguments might be advanced strategically by stakeholderists for actions that in fact will reduce long-term shareholder value. Similarly, ESV might be used as cover by management for actions taken to further management’s interests at the expense of stockholders.67Jonathan Macey, Why Is the ESG Focus on Private Companies, Not the Government?, Bloomberg L. (Aug. 19, 2021, 1:01 AM), https://news.bloomberglaw.com/esg/why-is-the-esg-focus-on-private-companies-not-the-government [https://perma.cc/C8ZM-4Y3Q] (“Managers like ESG investing because the concept is so complex and multi-faceted that almost any action short of theft or outright destruction of corporate property can be defended on some ESG ground or the other.”). We return to the information and incentive problems posed by ESV in Part IV below.

III.  SHAREHOLDER WELFARISM

The ESV view posits considerable alignment between the financial interests of shareholders in the long-term and the interests of other firm patrons and the broader society. It thus provides one avenue to pursue CSR through shareholder governance. We now consider an alternative approach to doing so that is newer to the scene, which we refer to as shareholder welfarism. It posits that corporate management should seek to maximize shareholder welfare, not just share value, by incorporating a more complete understanding of how the corporation affects the well-being of shareholders. There are two primary strands of shareholder welfarism in the literature—the shareholder social preferences view and the portfolio value maximization view—which we take up in turn.68A third version of what we call shareholder welfarism focuses on the direct effects of corporate externalities on the well-being of shareholders—for example, shareholders’ health may be harmed by corporate pollution. See Michael Simkovic, Natural-Person Shareholder Voting, 109 Cornell L. Rev. (forthcoming 2024) (manuscript at 4), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=4180982# [https://perma.cc/H52C-ZAV3]. We view this as a less significant component of shareholder welfare, in part because the wealth generated through share ownership may enable shareholders to avoid exposure to many corporate externalities. Id. Moreover, much of our analysis of SSP and PVM apply to the direct effects component as well, so we omit treatment of this version in the interest of brevity.

A.  Shareholder Social Preferences

The shareholder social preferences (“SSP”) version of shareholder welfarism begins with the commonsense observation that public company shareholders care about more than just their own wealth—they also have ethical and social concerns. Many shareholders care about the environment, inequality, and racial justice, to give just a few examples, based on their own personal normative commitments. There is of course a wide range of views on such social issues. But while public company shareholders might not be perfectly representative of the entire population, there is no reason to think that corporate shareholders, unlike others in society, are narrowly self-interested and lack any social preferences.

Many shareholders would thus presumably often prefer that company management sacrifice share value in order to further their social preferences, at least to some extent. Consumer markets provide a useful analogy. Consider fair trade coffee, which is sold in major grocery chains across the United States. Fair trade goods are marketed to consumers at a premium price on the basis that the greater markup is passed on to poor producers. This is intended to appeal to consumers with ethical concerns about the treatment of such producers. Such a consumer might be willing to pay more for goods that promise better outcomes for the producers, a hypothesis confirmed by experimental evidence.69The leading study found that replacing a generic product label with a Fair Trade label increases sales of coffee by almost 10%, with higher demand holding steady at up to an 8% price premium. Jens Hainmueller, Michael J. Hiscox & Sandra Sequeira, Consumer Demand for Fair Trade: Evidence from a Multistore Field Experiment, 97 Rev. Econ. & Stat. 242, 253 (2015). Suppose those same consumers are also shareholders of a corporation that sources coffee beans. The SSP view posits that those same social preferences would also lead them to be willing to sacrifice investment returns as shareholders in order for the corporation to pay producers more.70There is some evidence, however, that individuals are less willing to pay to advance social concerns in investment decisions than in consumption decisions. See Scott Hirst, Kobi Kastiel & Tamar Kricheli‐Katz, How Much Do Investors Care About Social Responsibility?, 2023 Wis. L. Rev. 977,  1011. Under the SSP view, corporate fiduciaries should manage the corporation not to maximize shareholder wealth but rather to maximize shareholder welfare, incorporating shareholders’ social preferences.71Oliver Hart & Luigi Zingales, Companies Should Maximize Shareholder Welfare Not Market Value, 2 J.L. Fin. & Acct. 247, 263 (2017).

To be sure, in some cases, shareholder welfare so conceived is in fact maximized by simply maximizing shareholder wealth. Corporate charitable contributions provide an example. Tax complications aside, the goal of furthering shareholder social preferences provides no basis for such corporate philanthropy since the corporation could instead pay those funds out to shareholders, who in turn could donate directly to charity. Oliver Hart and Luigi Zingales—prominent proponents of the SSP view—characterize this as a case in which the social concern is “separable” from the company’s business.72Id. at 249. But Hart and Zingales argue convincingly that social concerns and moneymaking by the company are often inseparable.73Id. They offer as an example shareholder concerns about mass shootings. Walmart might much more effectively advance those shareholder social preferences by no longer selling high-capacity magazines than by contributing the profits from doing so to charity.74Id. Indeed, it seems plausible that for virtually every major CSR concern there are important aspects of the problem that are not completely separable from the businesses of the corporations involved.

The extent to which shareholders are willing to sacrifice their wealth to address various social concerns of course varies from shareholder to shareholder. Hart and Zingales propose that such heterogeneity be handled through voting by shareholders.75Id. at 260–61. The board of directors of the corporation could be required to periodically poll shareholders about corporate policies that implicate social concerns so that the median shareholder’s views on the issue (on a share-weighted basis) prevail. Implicit in this voting-based approach is that the “shareholder welfare” objective weights each shareholder’s preferences by the number of shares they own.76It is not entirely clear how companies with multiple classes of stock with different voting rights and cash flow rights should be handled under the SSP view. One natural approach would be to calculate shareholder welfare by weighting each shareholder’s preferences by the cash flow rights they hold. This would align most closely with the approach taken under the traditional shareholder value view of the corporate objective.

A further wrinkle is that most corporate shares today are held by institutional investors.77Amil Dasgupta, Vyacheslav Fos & Zacharias Sautner, Institutional Investors and Corporate Governance, Founds. & Trends Fin. (forthcoming) (manuscript at 4), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/
papers.cfm?abstract_id=3682800 [https://perma.cc/3KG8-MW3Q].
Under the SSP view, it is the social preferences of the underlying investors in those institutions that corporate management should seek to advance. Institutional investors would thus have to channel their investors’ views in voting the stock in their portfolio companies in order for corporate voting to accurately reflect shareholder welfare. Hart and Zingales envision asset managers segmenting the market based on the social views the asset manager will seek to advance in voting shares of its portfolio companies, so that individual investors can simply sort themselves to the appropriate asset manager.78Hart & Zingales, supra note 71, at 265–66. One might wonder whether SSP and shareholder wealth maximization might yield similar results with regard to CSR given the valuation effects of shareholders’ buying and selling stocks according to their social preferences. For instance, if shareholders divest from a dirty company based on their social preferences, the resulting decrease in the company’s stock price might arguably induce wealth-minded managers to turn clean in the name of maximizing shareholder wealth. See Robert Heinkel, Alan Kraus & Josef Zechner, The Effect of Green Investment on Corporate Behavior, 36 J. Fin. & Quantitative Analysis 431, 432–33 (2001). Eleonora Broccardo, Hart, and Zingales argue against this result given that any fall in prices among dirty firms is likely to be muted by marginal investors who purchase the newly discounted shares on account of the lower weight these investors place on their social preferences. See Eleonora Broccardo, Oliver Hart & Luigi Zingales, Exit Versus Voice, 130 J. Pol. Econ. 3101, 3117–20 (2022). Empirical evidence also suggests that divestment from dirty companies produces only modest price declines. See Jonathan B. Berk & Jules H. van Binsbergen, The Impact of Impact Investing 2–3 (L. & Econ. Ctr. at George Mason Univ. Scalia L. Sch., Research Paper No. 22-008, 2021), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3909166 [https://perma.cc/VJ9N-5Q56]. We discuss sorting of shareholders into firms according to their social preferences infra Section IV.B.2.i.

B.  Portfolio Value Maximization

The portfolio value maximization (“PVM”) strand of shareholder welfarism, in contrast, retains the focus on shareholders’ financial interests from the traditional shareholder value approach but considers their financial interests from a portfolio perspective. Most shareholders in public companies are highly diversified and increasingly so with the ongoing shift from active management to passive investment vehicles.79Vladyslav Sushko & Grant Turner, The Implications of Passive Investing for Securities Markets, BIS Q. Rev., Mar. 2018, at 113, 115. From this perspective, the actual interests of a firm’s shareholders lie in the value of their diversified portfolios, not just in the value of the firm’s shares. Accordingly, corporate fiduciaries should seek to maximize the value of the firm’s shareholders’ portfolios, not their own firm value.

The main implication of the PVM approach concerns between-firm externalities, meaning ways that the decisions of one firm affect the value of other firms. Such spillover effects come in a variety of forms. One form stems from market competition. When a firm gains market share by cutting prices, competing firms often lose customers. Economists refer to this type of external effect as a “pecuniary externality.”80J.-J. Laffont, Externalities, in Allocation, Information and Markets 112, 113 (John Eatwell, Murray Milgate & Peter Newman eds., 1989). A quite different form—referred to as a “technological externality”—occurs when a production or consumption activity imposes costs or benefits on other producers or consumers and does not operate through the price system.81Id. at 112. For example, suppose a factory releases toxic chemicals that reduce agricultural productivity in the surrounding area. From the traditional shareholder value perspective, corporate managers should manage the corporation to maximize the value of its equity without regard to such spillover effects on the value of other firms or on consumers. But under the PVM view, the company’s shareholders would want firm managers to incorporate such external effects to the extent that they reduce the value of other securities held in shareholders’ portfolios.

The social desirability of such PVM behavior by firm managers depends critically on the nature of the externality at issue and the extent to which it is internalized in shareholders’ portfolios. In the case of pecuniary externalities, having firm managers take them into account would interfere with market competition. For example, if each firm in an industry were operated to maximize the total value of the industry, that would entail pricing their output above the competitive level, with all of the standard inefficiencies from monopoly pricing that would result. In recent years a burgeoning empirical literature claims that the growth of diversified institutional investors has in fact led to such anticompetitive outcomes in certain industries.82José Azar, Martin C. Schmalz & Isabel Tecu, Anticompetitive Effects of Common Ownership, 73 J. Fin. 1513, 1558–59 (2018). But a number of papers have raised methodological concerns with this finding. See, e.g., Patrick Dennis, Kristopher Gerardi & Carola Schenone, Common Ownership Does Not Have Anticompetitive Effects in the Airline Industry, 77 J. Fin. 2765, 2766 (2022); Andrew Koch, Marios Panayides & Shawn Thomas, Common Ownership and Competition in Product Markets, 139 J. Fin. Econ. 109, 111 (2021); Katharina Lewellen & Michelle Lowry, Does Common Ownership Really Increase Firm Coordination?, 141 J. Fin. Econ. 322, 324 n.7 (2021). The internalization of pecuniary externalities through the PVM approach is thus generally not socially desirable.

But for technological externalities, PVM offers hope that running the firm in the true interests of shareholders—maximizing the value of their diversified portfolios—would result in more socially responsible corporate behavior. For example, the portfolio value maximizing level of pollution emitted by a firm would take into account the portion of the costs of that pollution that fall on other firms in the portfolio.

These basic implications of running a corporation to maximize the value of diversified shareholders’ portfolios were worked out theoretically by economists decades ago.83See, e.g., Julio J. Rotemberg, Financial Transaction Costs and Industrial Performance 1–3 (Mass. Inst. of Tech. Alfred P. Sloan Sch. of Mgmt., Working Paper No. 1554-84, 1984), https://dspace.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/1721.1/47993/financialtransac00rote.pdf [https://perma.cc/4D
MX-CTC8]; Roger H. Gordon, Do Publicly Traded Corporations Act in the Public Interest? 21–22 (Nat’l Bureau of Econ. Rsch., Working Paper No. 3303, 1990), https://www.nber.org/papers/w3303 [https://perma.cc/KF5Q-VY57]; Robert G. Hansen & John R. Lott, Jr., Externalities and Corporate Objectives in a World with Diversified Shareholder/Consumers, 31 J. Fin. & Quantitative Analysis 43, 44 (1996).
They entered the legal literature when the growth of private and public pension funds, and their growing use of indexed investment strategies, led to calls for these so-called universal owners to exercise their shareholder rights in order to advance broader social interests with respect to corporate behavior.84See James P. Hawley & Andrew T. Williams, The Rise of Fiduciary Capitalism 1–29 (2000); Jeffrey N. Gordon, Systematic Stewardship, 47 J. Corp. L. 627, 632–33 (2022). See generally Robert A.G. Monks & Nell Minow, Watching the Watchers : Corporate Governance for the 21st Century (1996). More recently, Madison Condon has argued that attempts by asset managers to pressure their portfolio companies to combat climate change can be explained by their desire to maximize the value of the diversified portfolios they manage.85Madison Condon, Externalities and the Common Owner, 95 Wash. L. Rev. 1, 26–27 (2020).

The PVM literature has thus largely focused on arguments about how diversified institutional investors should or do exercise their ownership rights in order to change a portfolio company’s policies in ways that increase the value of their diversified portfolios even at the cost of the particular company’s own value.86Id. at 19–26; Gordon, supra note 84, at 658–66. But as Marcel Kahan and Edward Rock argue, responding to such shareholder pressures without changing the legal norm defining the purpose of a business corporation would conflict with the fiduciary duties of corporate officers and directors, which are based on the traditional shareholder wealth maximization norm.87Marcel Kahan & Edward B. Rock, Systemic Stewardship with Tradeoffs, 48 J. Corp. L. 497, 500 (2023); see also Roberto Tallarita, The Limits of Portfolio Primacy, 76 Vand. L. Rev. 511, 564–65 (2023). In what follows we thus focus our analysis on a more ambitious version of PVM that includes changing the legal definition of corporate purpose to encompass the internalization of externalities that fall on other firms held in their shareholders’ portfolios.88Such an approach to PVM is precisely what motivated a 2022 class action lawsuit against Meta Platforms (formerly Facebook, Inc.), which alleged that the directors of Meta had breached their fiduciary duties by choosing to maximize the value of Meta rather the financial interests of Meta’s diversified shareholders. In particular, the complaint alleges that the directors failed to consider that shareholders with diversified portfolios may be subject to net losses in their portfolios due to Meta’s pursuit of a business model that maximizes its advertising revenue without regard to the harms this conduct inflicts on public health and, by extension, the value of diversified portfolios. See Complaint at 2, 18, 72, McRitchie v. Zuckerberg, No. 2022-0890 (Del. Ch. Oct. 3, 2022).

* * *

The main appeal of shareholder welfarism, in both its shareholder social preferences and portfolio value maximization guises, is that it seems to hold the promise of addressing the two key problems with conventional stakeholderism. First, it retains the basic norm that shareholder interests are primary in the management of a corporation. As such, shareholder welfarism might be compatible with the standard norms and incentives governing corporate affairs that put shareholders first, which the recent growth of institutional shareholders has further entrenched. Second, each form of shareholder welfarism provides a conceptual framework through which corporate management could determine, at least in principle, how to trade off among competing stakeholder interests. These two key aspects of the appeal of shareholder welfarism are shared by the ESV view. It too is compatible with existing norms that privilege shareholder interests and provides a clear objective to guide corporate management in trading off current profits in order to further stakeholder interests: long-term shareholder value.

IV.  EVALUATING THE THREE APPROACHES TO CSR THROUGH SHAREHOLDER GOVERNANCE

We now turn to evaluating the three approaches to pursuing corporate social responsibility through shareholder governance—enlightened shareholder value (“ESV”), shareholder social preferences (“SSP”), and portfolio value maximization (“PVM”)—based on their potential to induce the management of public companies to incur costs on a voluntary basis in ways that further the interests of other stakeholders in the firm (that is, to engage in CSR). We divide our analysis into three parts. We first evaluate the normative attractiveness of the corporate objective posited by each approach, ignoring the practical challenges to inducing corporate managers to pursue each objective. We focus simply on the extent to which each proposed corporate objective captures various social concerns about corporate behavior. We then turn to the feasibility of each approach in terms of the extent to which managers would have the information and incentives needed to pursue the posited corporate objective, taking as given the centralization of control in corporate managers. Finally, we consider the extent to which implementing shareholder welfarism by simply devolving more control to shareholders might improve corporate conduct.

A.  Normative Attractiveness of Each Corporate Objective

To what extent do the corporate objectives of ESV, SSP, and PVM capture CSR concerns? Our analysis in this Section can be thought of as adopting the assumption of no information costs and no agency costs: we imagine a world in which public companies fully maximize the corporate objective function posited under each approach. The corporate objective posited by the ESV view is long-term shareholder value, meaning the net present value of the future cash flows paid on the company’s equity, discounted based on the firm’s opportunity cost of capital.89Jensen, supra note 4, at 9. Note that long-term shareholder value is also a major component of the corporate objectives posited by SSP and PVM. ESV and its long-term shareholder value objective thus form a key benchmark against which to judge SSP and PVM. We begin by qualitatively characterizing the extent to which the long-term shareholder value objective of ESV fails to capture CSR concerns so that even in a world in which management was perfectly successful at maximizing long-term shareholder value in an enlightened way, there would remain significant residual social concerns. We then turn to the SSP and PVM objective functions and consider the extent to which the further considerations they incorporate in addition to long-term shareholder value might capture CSR concerns beyond the ESV baseline.

1.  Enlightened Shareholder Value

We begin by repeating an observation we made in our discussion of stakeholderism in Part I: corporate behavior is significantly shaped by the constraints and incentives produced by law and public policy, much of which is intended to address market failures and distributional concerns that arise from corporate conduct. This forms an important starting point for thinking about how, in a world in which managers perfectly maximize long-term shareholder value, there might remain social concerns about corporate conduct. Those concerns are, by definition, those not addressed by current law and public policy.

One category of social concerns about corporate conduct that would persist in such a world is with respect to the treatment of firm patrons. First, the outcomes for firm patrons—especially workers—might raise distributive concerns. Competitive labor markets, for example, operating under current tax and transfer policies induce a particular distribution of income and welfare in which low-skilled workers, in particular, earn income that many find unfairly low.90Thomas Piketty, Capital in the Twenty-First Century 304–35 (Arthur Goldhammer, trans., 2014). As we discussed above, maximizing long-term shareholder value generates some incentive for firms to pay their workers more than they otherwise would based on the value of incentivizing effort or firm-specific investment, but this is true only up to a point. Indeed, for workers for which such incentive contracting concerns do not loom large, the shareholder-value-maximizing wage might be little more than the competitive wage in the relevant labor market. Furthermore, it seems likely that such cases will often involve workers with relatively low levels of human capital whose low incomes raise the greatest distributive concerns from a social perspective. Put simply, efficiency wages and the like are no panacea for the standard concerns about the income inequality produced by market economies.

Another limitation of this class of ESV mechanisms stems from last period concerns. Firms have incentives to perform on implicit contracts in order to preserve the going concern value of the firm, which relies on the trustworthiness of the firm as perceived by current and future patrons. Implicit contracting thus depends critically on the firm and its patrons having a long future ahead of them. But as the probability that the firm will cease to operate and be liquidated goes up—due to business setbacks, for example—the incentives produced by the value of the firm’s reputation for trustworthiness are attenuated.

Market power of firms raises additional social concerns. While efficiency wage and implicit contracting considerations might moderate to some extent the incentive of shareholder-value-maximizing firms to exploit their market power, in the main, the long-term shareholder value objective is better understood as the key cause of the social problems posed by market power rather than as their solution.

In a similar way, maximizing long-term shareholder value provides no universal cure for other sources of contracting failures between the firm and various classes of firm patrons.91Indeed, the basic thesis of Henry Hansmann’s The Ownership of Enterprise is that such contracting failures can result in the efficient assignment of ownership of the firm being to a class of firm patrons other than investors. Hansmann, supra note 39, at 1–2. A firm that possesses better information than its customers about the safety of its products, for example, might well succumb to the temptation to cut back on safety to save costs, correctly concluding that the reputational and other costs of doing so are outweighed by the short-run savings even when viewed through the lens of long-term shareholder value.

With respect to externalities on non-firm patrons, the limits of ESV are even easier to see. By definition, when production or consumption of a firm’s output generates a negative technological externality, running the firm to maximize long-term shareholder value will result in socially excessive levels of the activity (and the reverse is true for positive externalities). The mechanisms discussed in Part II through which ESV can incentivize firms to improve their treatment of non-patrons do not change this powerful implication of economic theory. When externalities exist that are not effectively addressed through taxation or regulation, the private costs and benefits of the activity that drive the maximization of long-term shareholder value diverge from the social costs and benefits of the activity.

In summary, ESV mechanisms under the corporate objective of long-term shareholder value only mitigate and do not resolve social conflicts with respect to corporate conduct. We turn now to SSP and PVM to consider the extent to which the objective function posited by each might go further than ESV in motivating CSR.

2.  Shareholder Social Preferences

The corporate objective under the SSP view is based on two key components of shareholders’ well-being: (1) the long-term value of the shares and (2) shareholders’ social preferences with respect to corporate conduct. The weight each shareholder puts on these two components depends on their own preferences. As well, the specific content of shareholders’ social preferences will vary from shareholder to shareholder. To calculate aggregate shareholder welfare, individual shareholders’ well-being levels are weighted by their share ownership and summed.

Because of heterogeneity across shareholders in the strength and content of their social preferences, aggregate shareholder welfare for a corporation will depend on who owns the shares of the company. In turn, the decisions of individuals to hold the shares may well depend on the conduct of the corporation and the social preferences of the individuals. For now, we adopt the simplifying assumption that all shareholders are fully diversified, so that there is no variation in the share-weighted social preferences of shareholders of different public companies.92We consider the sorting of shareholders across firms infra Section IV.B.2.i.

Under these assumptions, how would maximizing shareholder welfare, taking into account the social preferences of shareholders, change corporate conduct relative to maximizing long-term shareholder value? Consider first the weight that aggregate shareholder welfare would put on long-term shareholder value. This is an empirical question based on the share-weighted preferences of corporate shareholders. But we make three points that together point to the conclusion that aggregate shareholder welfare would be largely, perhaps even overwhelmingly, based on long-term shareholder value rather than shareholders’ social preferences.

To begin, it is useful to contrast shareholder welfare with overall social welfare. Social welfare does include as a component a firm’s long-term shareholder value—the well-being of the claimants to that value count, of course, in any appropriate measure of social welfare. But social welfare also includes the well-being of those who are not shareholders of the firm. In contrast, shareholder welfare would put weight on non-shareholders’ well-being based only on shareholders’ social preferences. Unless shareholders were perfectly altruistic in the sense that their preferences put as much weight on others as on themselves, this results in shareholder welfare putting greater relative weight on firm value than does social welfare. This effect alone means that maximizing shareholder welfare will generally not provide an incentive for managers to sacrifice profits to the extent required for the firm to behave appropriately as a social matter. Consider, for example, a profitable factory that emits such a large amount of pollution that, from a social welfare perspective, it should be shut down. Because shareholder welfare puts much more weight on firm profits than social welfare does, it will often not be in shareholders’ interests in such a situation to shut down the plant even including consideration of their social preferences.

Second, the shareholders of a public corporation are insulated from the social and moral pressures that generate other-regarding behavior at the individual level.93Elhauge, supra note 41, at 758–59. This is due in part to the complex governance structures that stand between individual shareholders and corporate decision-making that make shareholders anonymous to those who might impose social sanctions for harm done by the corporation as well as due to diversified shareholders’ basic lack of information about corporate affairs (ignorance is bliss).94Id. at 798. Einer Elhauge argues that this insulation will result in shareholders putting much more weight on corporate profits relative to social concerns than would sole proprietors, who are far less insulated.95Id. at 799. This is even more strongly the case with respect to shareholders who own interests in corporate shares through intermediaries like mutual funds and are therefore “double insulat[ed].”96Id. at 817. In sum, from a revealed preference perspective, the welfare of diversified shareholders might be understood as stemming overwhelmingly from shareholder value rather than from social preferences.

Finally, what little weight shareholder welfare does put on social concerns as opposed to shareholder value is further muted by conflicts among shareholders about social issues. Hart and Zingales introduce the idea of shareholder welfare in a simple model in which the social concern is about pollution that is a by-product of firm operations and shareholders’ preferences vary only in terms of the weight they put on environmental harm from the firm’s pollution versus on their own wealth.97Hart & Zingales, supra note 71, at 252–53. In this framework, aggregate shareholder welfare will be based on the share-weighted average of the weights individuals put on environmental harm relative to personal wealth.

But corporate activities typically pose trade-offs not just between profits and social concerns but also among competing social concerns. As a result, conflicts among shareholders in their views on social issues effectively further reduce the weight of shareholder preferences in determining what maximizes shareholder welfare. In some cases, these conflicts are direct. Consider abortion or affirmative action. Some socially minded investors want less of these things; some want more. In those cases, the competing social preferences of different shareholders cancel out to some extent so that, on net, shareholder social preferences get less weight in determining shareholder welfare.

But even for social issues that nobody is against per se, like clean air or good jobs, there are often indirect conflicts stemming from shareholders’ social preferences. Consider a manufacturing firm that causes pollution as a by-product of its production process but also provides jobs in a community with scarce economic opportunities.98See Alperen A. Gözlügöl, The Clash of ‘E’ and ‘S’ of ESG: Just Transition on the Path to Net Zero and the Implications for Sustainable Corporate Governance and Finance, 15 J. World Energy L. & Bus. 1, 4 (2022) (arguing that the transition to net-zero greenhouse gas emissions will result in certain regions suffering substantial employment losses). The choice of scale of the firm’s output poses trade-offs between environmental quality and jobs. As a result, a socially minded investor who cares about both might ultimately prefer a level of output little different from the profit-maximizing level of output. In contrast, shareholders who care more about the environment than jobs might prefer a lower level of output, and vice-versa for a shareholder more concerned about jobs. The median shareholder’s preferences might then be close to the profit-maximizing level of output. So these indirect conflicts about social issues also, in effect, further mute the role of social preferences in shareholder welfare and increase the role of long-term shareholder value.

Note as well that corporations do not generally face binary decisions—like either protect the environment or preserve jobs—but rather face a continuum of choices, as in the example of a firm’s choice of level of output. As a result, having a bare majority of shares held by shareholders who lean in one direction on such trade-offs—toward the environment, say—does not mean that the conflicting preferences of the remaining shareholders do not matter for determining the operational decision that maximizes shareholder welfare. For a firm facing a continuum, or at least a large number, of potential operational decisions, the presence of a significant minority of shareholders who care more about jobs than the environment will pull the shareholder-welfare-maximizing choice in the direction of preserving jobs and away from protecting the environment.99We put to the side here more profound complications posed by conflicts among preferences of individuals for aggregating those preferences to a social choice, for example, the possibility that majority voting over choices might fail to yield a stable outcome. See generally Kenneth J. Arrow, Social Choice and Individual Values (1951).

In light of these considerations, the social issues for which incorporating shareholders’ social preferences into the corporate objective might potentially make a meaningful difference, relative to the ESV baseline, in motivating CSR would generally be issues on which there is a broad and strong social consensus. But these are exactly the set of issues for which the residual social concerns left under the ESV approach after fully maximizing long-term shareholder value are likely to be minimal, for two reasons.

First, social issues for which there is a strong social consensus are much more likely to be effectively addressed by law and public policy. Federal and state law, for example, provide powerful controls on corporate conduct to address many social concerns raised by corporate operations, from the safety of motor vehicles, to the health consequences of tobacco consumption, to the emission of particulate matter by industrial activities. Our claim is most certainly not that the political process is perfect or that current public policy fully addresses all social concerns about corporate conduct. Rather, it is that the specific issues for which there is sufficient social consensus such that the social preferences of shareholders form a meaningful component of shareholder welfare are precisely the issues that are most likely to be effectively addressed by public policy. Indeed, corporate shareholders’ preferences put less weight on average on the social concerns raised by corporate conduct than does the overall polity, for reasons given above.  It thus seems likely that for many issues for which there is a strong social consensus, public policy will go well beyond what the company’s shareholders would prefer in reining in corporate conduct.100An example of this dynamic can be seen in the Rule 14a-8 campaign by environmentally oriented shareholders such as As You Sow against oil production companies between 2017 and 2019. These shhareholders sought to compel greater corporate disclosure regarding methane gas leaks arising from their oil production operations. See, e.g., Dominion Energy, Inc.: Request for Report on Methane Leaks, As You Sow (Jan. 31, 2018), https://www.asyousow.org/resolutions/2018/01/31/dominion-energy-inc-request-for-report-on-methane-leaks [https://perma.cc/XTR2-BU2Q]. Public polls at this time suggested that 74% of respondents “strongly support[ed]” or “somewhat support[ed]” regulations to reduce methane gas leaks, see Climate Nexus, National Poll Toplines (2021), https://climatenexus.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/Climate-Nexus-National-Poll-2021-Methane-Infrastructure-Toplines.pdf [https
://perma.cc/5X4H-UE2D], which may explain why the Biden-Harris administration implemented its Methane Emissions Reduction Action Plan in 2022, see Fact Sheet: Biden Administration Tackles Super-Polluting Methane Emissions (Jan. 31, 2022), https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/statements-releases/2022/01/31/fact-sheet-biden-administration-tackles-super-polluting-methane-emissions [https://
perma.cc/QFT9-8GCN]. Notably, despite the widespread public support for regulating methane leaks, shareholder support for 14a-8 proposals aimed at enhancing methane leak disclosures, while occasionally reaching 50% support, often drew far less than majority support. See Shareholders Are Plugging Methane Leaks Themselves, As You Sow (June 1, 2018), https://www.asyousow.org/blog/2018/6/1/shareholders-are-plugging-methane-leaks-themselves [https://perma.cc/9W2A-26N5].

Second, the broad social consensus we are supposing would include not just shareholders but also other classes of firm patrons, including its workers, managers, and customers. The social preferences of firm patrons can provide strong shareholder value reasons for the firm to act in ways that are consistent with those social preferences. Failing to do so risks inviting a backlash from these other classes of firm patrons that might have major financial consequences.101Barzuza et al., supra note 65, at 265. As BlackRock’s CEO Larry Fink put it in his 2022 letter to CEOs, “Employees need to understand and connect with your purpose; and when they do, they can be your staunchest advocates. Customers want to see and hear what you stand for as they increasingly look to do business with companies that share their values.” Larry Fink, Larry Fink’s 2022 Letter to CEOs: The Power of Capitalism, BlackRock (2022), https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/investor-relations/
larry-fink-ceo-letter [https://perma.cc/C82G-E8DM].

Consider, for example, explicit and open racism in a firm’s treatment of its customers. A recent episode involving Starbucks is instructive. In 2018, a Starbucks employee called the police after two Black men entered a Starbucks in Philadelphia and sat down without purchasing anything and, when store employees asked them to leave, declined to do so. The police forcibly removed the men, leading to national headlines, a public apology by the Starbucks CEO, and the hashtag #BoycottStarbucks trending on Twitter.102Matt Stevens, Starbucks C.E.O. Apologizes After Arrests of 2 Black Men, N.Y. Times (Apr. 15, 2018), https://www.nytimes.com/2018/04/15/us/starbucks-philadelphia-black-men-arrest.html [https
://perma.cc/FGK9-Z5AA].
No reference to Starbucks shareholders’ social preferences is needed to explain the decision by Starbucks management several days later to close 8,000 stores to conduct racial bias training of employees.103Rachel Abrams, Starbucks To Close 8,000 U.S. Stores for Racial-Bias Training After Arrests, N.Y. Times (Apr. 17, 2018).

In summary, under the SSP shareholder welfare objective, it is long-term shareholder value that is the key driver of decisions to incur costs to further stakeholder interests, not the social preferences of shareholders, which are conflicted, muted, and often prefer less protection of stakeholder interests than provided by law.104In contrast, Broccardo et al. argue that diversified shareholders, in casting votes about corporate issues, will put more weight on social concerns than a sole proprietor would since each shareholder bears only a fraction of the costs of the firm behaving more responsibility. See Broccardo et al., supra note 78, at 3103. We discuss Broccardo et al.’s model in more detail infra Section IV.C.

3.  Portfolio Value Maximization

The corporate objective under the PVM approach is diversified shareholders’ portfolio value. To evaluate its normative desirability, we maintain for now the simplifying assumption that all investors are fully diversified—that is, they hold the market portfolio of all investible risky assets with each asset weighted in proportion to its value. This is in fact a key assumption underlying the standard model of valuation managers are taught in MBA programs, which is based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model (“CAPM”).105See, e.g., Richard A. Brealey, Stewart C. Myers & Franklin Allen, Principles of Corporate Finance 185–99 (10th ed. 2011). CAPM provides the original intellectual foundations for the specific model of financial management by which managers are supposed to pursue long-term shareholder value. We begin by sketching how that model works in order to frame more precisely how the PVM approach proposes managers should deviate from it.

In the standard model of corporate decision-making, diversified shareholders want managers to follow the “NPV Rule”: invest in every project that has a positive net present value (“NPV”).106See id. at 101–03. The NPV of a project is calculated by converting (“discounting”) all of the future cash flows associated with the project to their present value and then summing those present values as follows:

,        (1)

where  is the net cash flow received from the project in period T and r is the risk-adjusted discount rate for the project.

The assumption of CAPM—that all investors are optimally diversified—plays a key role in the determination of the appropriate discount rate.107For a textbook treatment of CAPM, see id. at 185–203. To capture the cost to investors of bearing the risk of the project, a “risk premium” is added to the risk-free rate (typically taken to be the return on government obligations) to arrive at the risk-adjusted discount rate. But crucially, CAPM considers the risk of a project from a portfolio perspective. That is, a project’s risk is measured not in terms of the degree of uncertainty of the project’s cash flows considered in isolation but rather in terms of the increment in portfolio risk if the project were added to a diversified portfolio. This matters because one component of a project’s risks—the idiosyncratic component—disappears when the project is held in a diversified portfolio. A diversified investor only has to be compensated for bearing the risks that they actually have to bear, which is the undiversifiable, systematic component of a project’s risk. In CAPM, the only source of systematic risk comes from the correlation between a project’s cash flows and the overall market return, which is referred to as the project’s beta. The standard shareholder value approach thus already adjusts the denominators of the fractions in the above expression for NPV based on a portfolio perspective. So the idea that corporate managers should take a portfolio perspective on the interests of shareholders is actually an old one and entirely conventional. It forms a core component of standard shareholder value theory.

The PVM approach, however, pushes this portfolio perspective further. It incorporates into the cash flows of the project not just the cash flows received by the firm but also the increment in cash flows paid on any other securities in the market portfolio. This entails adjusting not only the denominators of the terms in the expression for NPV, but also their numerators. The resulting NPV expression under the PVM approach is:

        (2)

The numerators in the PVM-modified expression for NPV include both the expected cash flows from the project that will accrue to the instant corporation (the ’s) as well as the spillover expected cash flows for other securities resulting from externalities (the ’s), which could be on net either positive or negative in any given period. For most corporate decisions, the bulk of the cash flows at the market portfolio level in fact accrue to the securities issued by the corporation making the decision. The question we grapple with in this Section is the extent to which the consideration of the additional cash flows to other portfolio securities that the PVM approach requires—assuming no agency costs or information problems—will motivate CSR beyond that justified on the basis of maximizing long-term shareholder value under ESV. We reach an even more negative conclusion than the one we reached in evaluating the SSP objective function: the portfolio value objective will not only produce little additional motivation for CSR, but it will also provide new motivations for socially destructive corporate conduct.

First, taking a portfolio perspective on expected cash flows produced by corporate decisions captures only a small portion of the technological externalities of corporate conduct since the bulk of such externalities fall on interests that are not part of the market portfolio. These interests include the health and well-being of consumers as well as the interests of producers that are not owned in the market portfolio.108The aggregate portfolio of the stockholders of a public company would include some assets that are not public securities, and in principle the PVM objective function could include the value of those additional assets. However, we assume that for most investors in public companies, their portfolios are dominated by securities issued by publicly listed firms and other publicly available investments, like U.S. Treasury securities. For instance, even for an extremely diversified institutional investor such as CalPERS, well over half of its $462 billion of assets under management consists of global public equity and publicly offered investment securities such as investment grade debt and U.S. Treasury securities. See CalPERS, Trust Level Review 13, 34 (2023), https://www.calpers.ca.gov/docs/board-agendas/
202309/invest/item05b-01_a.pdf [https://perma.cc/98NR-PMPF]. As a result, the PVM objective function would largely fail to capture external effects on other kinds of assets.

To be concrete, consider the facts alleged in Aguinda v. Texaco, a class action filed on behalf of residents of certain regions of Ecuador and Peru to recover for property damage, personal injuries, and increased risk of disease allegedly caused by Texaco’s improper waste disposal practices in its oil extraction operations in Ecuador.109Aguinda v. Texaco, Inc., 142 F. Supp. 2d 534, 537 (S.D.N.Y. 2001). The plaintiffs alleged that Texaco engaged in a range of wrongful conduct, including dumping large quantities of toxic by-products of the drilling process into local rivers and landfills.110Jota v. Texaco, Inc., 157 F.3d 153, 155 (2d Cir. 1998) (consolidated on appeal with Aguinda v. Texaco, 945 F. Supp. 625 (S.D.N.Y. 1996)). Texaco allegedly did this to save money, netting additional profits of $500 thousand to $1 million per well.111Class Action Complaint at 19, Ashanga Jota et al. v. Texaco, Inc, No. 94 Civ. 9266 (S.D.N.Y. Dec. 28, 1994). The pollution released by Texaco poisoned the local ecosystem, causing environmental harm, economic losses to local fishermen and agriculture, and serious injuries and disease among local residents.112Id. at 5–13.

These allegations represent a paradigmatic case of socially harmful corporate behavior that CSR advocates hope to address. The harms suffered by local residents constituted negative technological externalities that were not effectively controlled through regulation or private law remedies.113The class actions brought seeking damages and equitable relief in U.S. courts were ultimately dismissed on the basis of forum non conveniens. Aguinda v. Texaco, Inc., 303 F.3d 470, 473–74, 480 (2d Cir. 2002). But they also illustrate a key limitation of the PVM approach: hardly any of these externalities would have manifested as reductions in expected cash flows to securities in the market portfolio. To be sure, the kinds of costs at issue in this example—costs to human health, ecosystems, and small-scale producers—might ultimately have second-order effects on companies in the market portfolio as, for example, the resulting shifts in supply and demand in various markets affect prices of companies’ inputs and outputs. But those effects on companies are de minimis and, for that matter, could be on net positive if, for example, the resulting fall in production by small-scale producers resulted in a reduction in supply of products sold by larger companies. To a first approximation, the ’s for this project would be zero, despite the sizable social externalities at issue.114A similar evidentiary challenge appears with regard to the McRitchie v. Zuckerberg class action. See Complaint, supra note 88, at 74. The technological externality at the heart of the case relates to the alleged costs of Meta’s pursuit of advertising revenue on public health and the rule of law and, by extension, economic growth. Even assuming Meta’s operations created these externalities, it is far from clear whether its actions would have adversely affected a diversified investor’s portfolio value, absent an express netting of the costs and benefits of Meta’s efforts to maximize the value of the company.

This is also true for larger-scale externalities. Consider climate change, which has been aptly described as “the mother of all externalities.”115Richard S. J. Tol, The Economic Effects of Climate Change, 23 J. Econ. Persps. 29, 29 (2009). Essentially every business project produces some amount of greenhouse gas emissions, the accumulation of which in the atmosphere leads to warming of the planet over time. Climate change is expected to cause a manifold set of impacts on human well-being. The most recent report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (“IPCC”) provides a useful taxonomy of the ways climate change is expected to affect human systems:

  1. Impacts on water scarcity and food production.
  2. Water scarcity.
  3. Agriculture / crop production.
  4. Animal and livestock health and productivity.
  5. Fisheries yields and aquaculture production.
  6. Impacts on health and wellbeing.
    1. Infectious diseases.
    2. Heat, malnutrition and other.
    3. Mental health.
    4.  
  7. Impacts on cities, settlements and infrastructure.
    1. Inland flooding and associated damages.
    2. Flood / storm induced damages in coastal areas.
    3. Damages to infrastructure.
    4. Damages to key economic sectors.116IPCC, 2022, Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability: Contribution of Working Group II to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 10 (H.-O. Pörtner, D.C. Roberts, M. Tignor, E.S. Poloczanska, K. Mintenbeck, A. Alegría, M. Craig, S. Langsdorf, S. Löschke, V. Möller, A. Okem & B. Rama, eds., 2022), https://report.ipcc.ch/ar6/wg2/IPCC_AR6_WGII_FullReport.pdf [https://perma.cc/
      8T33-BXXS].

While some of these categories, especially those under “[i]mpacts on cities, settlements and infrastructure,” would include substantial effects on companies in the market portfolio, this taxonomy reveals that the scope of the harms from climate change is far broader than those effects.

Indeed, the United Nations Environment Programme’s Finance Initiative (“UNEP FI”) developed a methodology for assessing the impact of climate change on the portfolios of institutional investors that illustrates the relatively small portion of the costs of climate change that affect the value of the market portfolio in May 2019.117United Nations Env’t Programme Fin. Initiative, Changing Course: A Comprehensive Investor Guide to Scenario-Based Methods for Climate Risk Assessment, in Response to the TCFD (2019), https://www.unepfi.org/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/TCFD-Changing-Course-Oct-19.pdf [https://perma.cc/R5BD-7HFT]. The physical risks from climate change included in the analysis are limited to asset damage and business interruption from extreme weather events, a fairly small component of the myriad social costs of climate change identified by the IPCC.118Id. at 16. Physical risks are what economists would consider the social costs of climate change, including all effects on human society described in the IPCC 2022 report summarized above. Transition risks, on the other hand, refer to business issues raised by the shift from a high-carbon economy to a low-carbon economy induced by technological change and government policy. For example, the risk that an oil company’s proven reserves would fall in value due to the imposition of a carbon tax or fall in demand for oil would constitute a transition risk but should not be considered a social cost of climate change in an economic sense. The PVM approach aspires to induce companies to internalize the physical risks posed by greenhouse gas emissions. Tallarita, supra note 87, at 517. This reflects how limited a perspective the PVM objective function brings to the social costs of even large-scale externalities like climate change.

A similar issue concerns the geographic distribution of the social costs of climate change. Existing estimates show that the costs of climate change will be disproportionately borne by lower income regions. For instance, Africa and India are estimated to have aggregate climate damages as a percentage of GDP that are nearly 800% and 1,000%, respectively, greater than those estimated for the United States.119William D. Nordhaus & Joseph Boyer, Warming the World: Economic Models of Global Warming 91 (2000). Yet to the extent investors access the market portfolio by means of investing in public securities and private company debt, the market portfolio of these securities is tilted toward economic activity in North America and Europe. The standard measure of the extent to which a country’s economic activity occurs through public companies and private debt is the country’s market-cap-to-GDP ratio. In general, the GDP ratio is much higher for developed economies like those in North America and Europe that are relatively less exposed to the costs of climate change than the GDP ratio for the developing economies that face the largest risks.120See Martin Čihák, Asli Demirgüč-Kunt, Erik Feyen & Ross Levine, Financial Development in 205 Economies, 1960 to 2010, J. Fin. Persps., July 2013, at 1, 7. The authors include the value of both public equity and debt and private debt in the numerator of this ratio. Id.

This geographic mismatch problem also raises difficulties for one of the standard methodologies for estimating the degree to which reductions in carbon emissions would increase diversified investors’ portfolio values. For instance, in an influential paper in Nature Climate Change, Simon Dietz, Alex Bowen, Charlie Dixon, and Philip Gradwell estimate that, relative to a world without climate risk, investors can expect to lose $2.5 trillion due to the impact of climate risk on global financial assets.121Simon Dietz, Alex Bowen, Charlie Dixon & Philip Gradwell, ‘Climate Value at Risk’ of Global Financial Assets, 6 Nature Climate Change 676, 678 (2016). Madison Condon likewise estimates that if BlackRock could induce Chevron and Exxon to cut industrial emissions such that 1% of industrial emissions were removed each year through 2100, the global reduction in climate damages would have a net present value of $385 billion.122Condon, supra note 85, at 46 n.237. Given the size of BlackRock’s portfolio, she estimates that BlackRock would therefore avoid damages to its portfolio with a net present value of $9.7 billion, which would be sufficient to offset BlackRock’s losses in the equity values of Chevron and Exxon.123Id. But to arrive at these estimates, these scholars all utilize William Nordhaus’s Dynamic Integrated Climate-Economy (“DICE”) model to estimate the impact of climate change on global GDP growth.124See Dietz et al., supra note 121, at 677; Condon, supra note 85, at 46. They then assume that climate change will have a proportional effect on global financial assets given past research showing that aggregate financial returns generally track GDP growth.125See Dietz et al., supra note 121, at 676; Condon, supra note 85, at 46 n.237. A further problem with Condon’s analysis is that she uses the wrong denominator for the fraction of climate change impacts internalized by BlackRock’s portfolio under management. Formally, Condon first estimates the present value of the reduction in climate damages on global GDP and then assumes that the value of the damage reduction to BlackRock is based on BlackRock’s share of the global economy based on the ratio of BlackRock’s assets under management ($7.43 trillion) to global GDP (roughly $80 trillion). Condon, supra note 85, at 2 n.3, 46 n.237. Because global GDP is a measure of income, the relevant denominator for this purpose should be global financial assets or roughly $143.3 trillion according to Dietz et al. Dietz et al., supra note 121, at 678. Using the correct denominator, the estimated reductions in damages to Blackrock’s portfolio would decline from $9.7 billion to about $5.5 billion, which is less than the $6.5 billion that Condon estimates BlackRock would lose due to declines in the equity values of Chevron and Exxon. Condon, supra note 85, at 46. However, the DICE model integrates the heterogeneous effects of climate change on different countries to produce a single estimate of the effect of climate change on global GDP growth, ignoring the fact that the costs of climate change will not be shared equally across all countries. This methodology therefore overestimates the effect of climate change on the growth rate for the market portfolio, which is tilted toward economic activity in North America and Europe.

As noted by Roberto Tallarita, a related issue with the objective function of PVM is that it discounts future costs and benefits using the opportunity cost of capital.126Tallarita, supra note 87, at 548–54. But for costs and benefits that play out over long time scales that span generations, like those of climate change, economists typically apply a discount rate that is much lower than the opportunity cost of capital to account for intergenerational distributional considerations.127Moritz A. Drupp, Mark C. Freeman, Ben Groom & Frikk Nesje, Discounting Disentangled, 10 Am. Econ. J.: Econ. Pol’y 109, 112–13 (2018). This results in the PVM approach massively undercounting the costs of climate change, most of which will not accrue for many decades.128Tallarita, supra note 87, at 548–54.

To give a rough numerical sense for the magnitude of this issue, note first that the present value of the future costs of climate change, when using social discount rates in the range typically used for climate policy, stems largely from impacts that will occur beyond the year 2200.129Nicholas Stern, The Economics of Climate Change, 98 Am. Econ. Rev. 1, 20 (2008). For example, in Stern’s influential The Economics of Climate Change, 90% of the present value of the social costs of carbon emissions stem from impacts that occur after 2200. Id. To simplify, suppose that all of those impacts occurred in 2200, which is 177 years from the year 2023. Suppose that the right social discount rate to use to convert those costs to present value is 2%, a number often used by experts.130Drupp et al., supra note 127, at 128 (reporting that the median social discount rate recommended by experts is 2%). In a 2022 analysis of the social costs of carbon, the EPA similarly used 2% as its central discount rate target. See Env’t Prot. Agency, Supplemental Material for the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Supplemental Proposed Rulemaking, “Standards of Performance for New, Reconstructed, and Modified Sources and Emissions Guidelines for Existing Sources: Oil and Natural Gas Sector Climate Review” 2 (2022), https://www.epa.
gov/system/files/documents/2022-11/epa_scghg_report_draft_0.pdf [https://perma.cc/P7C9-SW55].
At that social discount rate, each dollar of future climate change costs should be discounted by the factor 1/1.02177, which comes out to 0.03. A $1 trillion future climate change cost in 2200 would then be considered worth $30 billion in present value terms. But applying the 12% real discount rate typically used by corporate managers, the PVM approach would use a discount factor of just 1/1.12177 or 0.000000002. Under the PVM approach, that $1 trillion future social cost of climate change comes out to just $1,943 in present value terms. Or in different terms, the PVM approach would capture only the fraction (1/1.12177)/(1/1.02177) or 0.00000007 of the present value of the costs of climate change in 2200 (and even less of those beyond). Even if managers used a much lower discount rate of 7% under PVM, this fraction still comes out to just 0.0002. Discounting alone thus results in the PVM objective function internalizing only a trivial fraction of the social costs of climate change.

The UNEP FI report also illustrates another conceptual problem with the PVM approach: the methodology incorporates the positive business opportunities created by climate change for companies in the market portfolio.131United Nations Env’t Programme Fin. Initiative, supra note 117, at 44–45. The transition to a low-carbon economy and adaptation to a warming planet will require investment in technologies and infrastructure in a range of sectors. To give one example, consider a concrete seawall installed in New York Harbor to address storm surges caused by climate change. The Army Corps of Engineers has proposed the construction of such a barrier at a cost of some $119 billion.132Anne Barnard, The $119 Billion Sea Wall that Could Defend New York . . . or Not, N.Y. Times (Aug. 21, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2020/01/17/nyregion/the-119-billion-sea-wall-that-could-defend-new-york-or-not.html [https://perma.cc/PTK7-SE4A]. If such a seawall were built in order to deal with climate change, it would count as among the negative externalities of climate change—it is a real resource use caused by the warming of the planet. But from a PVM perspective, the construction of a seawall represents an enormous business opportunity. In other words, while the aspiration of the PVM approach is to incorporate such costs as negative adjustments to expected cash flows for business projects that contribute to climate change (that is, negative ’s in the PVM-adjusted NPV expression above), in fact faithful application of the PVM approach would incorporate them at least in part as positive adjustments since the construction of the seawall will produce profits for companies in the market portfolio (that is, as positive ’s).

A final problem with the PVM objective function’s treatment of technological externalities is with respect to its interaction with public policies designed to address such externalities. Consider, for example, a pollution externality caused as a by-product of a certain production process, and suppose the externality is addressed at the public policy level with a Pigouvian tax set at the marginal social cost of the externality. As a result, the private profit-maximization problem facing firms that emit that form of pollution mirrors the social problem of choosing efficient behavior. But consider what would happen if managers of the polluting firms were instead to set firm policy following the PVM approach. Those managers would consider not only the Pigouvian tax but also the portion of the externality that reduced the value of other firms in the portfolio so that a portion of the externality would be double counted. As a result, they would, at the margin, be over-deterred from producing pollution. In short, the PVM approach, unlike ESV, does not integrate well with public policy approaches to addressing externalities.133This problem could be mitigated, in principle, by calibrating the level of the Pigouvian tax to be equal to the portion of the externality that falls on interests other than securities in the market portfolio. However, it is not clear how policymakers could determine that amount.

In contrast to these failures with respect to technological externalities, the PVM approach is far better suited to capture pecuniary externalities. One reason is that pecuniary externalities largely involve a company’s competitors, a significant fraction of which are public companies. Consider the airline industry, which is dominated by public companies.134See Niraj Chokshi, Frontier Airlines I.P.O. Signals a Travel Industry Recovery, N.Y. Times (June 15, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/04/01/business/frontier-airlines-ipo.html [https://perma
.cc/W2N3-BCYT] (noting that as of 2021, the ten largest airlines in the U.S. are publicly listed).
When Delta Airlines cuts its fares on the D.C.-Boston route and gains market share, it reduces the value of its competitors on that route, which are largely public companies. As we noted above, however, this feature of PVM is really a bug. If companies fully maximized diversified investors’ portfolio value, the resulting reduction in competition would harm consumers and workers even as it benefited investors. The PVM objective function thus poses significant harms to firm patrons relative to the ESV baseline.

To summarize, the objective function under PVM is socially perverse. It fails to capture effectively much of the technological externalities produced by corporate activities while at the same time having the potential to produce a form of market power that would be socially destructive to firm patrons. By our lights the PVM objective function is unattractive as a normative matter.

B.  Feasibility for Corporate Managers

We now consider whether managers would have the information and incentives they would need to pursue the stated corporate objective under each approach. We begin by reiterating the insight that both SSP and PVM effectively build on ESV since long-term shareholder value is a primary component of both shareholder welfare and portfolio value. As such, we first evaluate the information and incentive problems that might confound implementing long-term shareholder value as the corporate objective under ESV. Having established these problems as a baseline, we then turn to analyzing SSP and PVM. In this section we take as fixed the centralization of management of the corporate form in the board of directors and hired professional managers. We analyze the extent to which changing the legal and business norm on the objective of a business corporation from the long-term shareholder value objective of ESV to either the SSP or PVM objectives would improve corporate behavior given the resulting incentives and information of corporate managers. We then consider in Section IV.C whether a structural change to corporate control that would give shareholders a greater say in operational decision-making, as some advocates of shareholder welfarism have urged, would be likely to improve corporate behavior.

1.  Enlightened Shareholder Value

i.  Information

The informational burden of ESV is considerable. Part of the challenge stems from the inevitable uncertainty with respect to contingencies far out in the future. As we have emphasized, ESV arguments for CSR often have a temporal structure in which the company incurs costs in the near term in order to achieve benefits to stockholders that play out over a long period into the future. Consider, for example, investing in renewable energy, shutting down a dirty factory, or auditing the supply chain for safe labor practices. To what extent would sacrificing corporate profits in those ways today enhance shareholder value over the long-term?

While these questions are no doubt complicated, we view the information gathering and analytic challenges posed by ESV as squarely in the wheelhouse of corporate management. First, the intertemporal structure typical of ESV is not unique but rather is standard fare in business management. Corporate managers face similar intertemporal challenges in many other aspects of business strategy unrelated to CSR. Should the firm expand production? Should it invest more in research and development? Does it have the optimal capital structure? Business schools train managers in analytic techniques—most prominently discounted cash flow analysis—to grapple with such ubiquitous trade-offs and uncertainties entailed by managing a business.

Today, the specific strategic issues raised by CSR under the ESV approach are part of the bread-and-butter of business school curriculums. New York University’s Stern School of Business, for example, currently offers no fewer than 33 courses under the “Sustainable Business and Innovation” specialization, including course titles such as “Corporate Branding & Corporate Social Responsibility,” “Sustainability for Competitive Advantage,” and “Sustainable Capitalism: A Longer Term Finance Perspective.”135Course Index, NYU Stern Sch. of Bus., https://www.stern.nyu.edu/programs-admissions/
full-time-mba/academics/course-index [https://perma.cc/725J-N7FH]. By comparison, a mere thirteen courses are offered at NYU under the “Real Estate” specialization. Id. Not to be outdone, UC Berkeley’s Haas School of Business maintains the Institute for Business and Social Impact which oversees three separate centers focused on corporate sustainability and curates the Michaels Graduate Certificate in Sustainable Business. Institute for Business & Social Impact, Berkeley Hass, https://haas.
berkeley.edu/responsible-business/curriculum [https://perma.cc/3ZSV-DM5B]. MBA students at Haas can choose from twenty-nine courses focused on corporate sustainability such as “Climate Change and Business Strategy,” “Business and Sustainable Supply Chains,” and “Strategic and Sustainable Business Solutions.” Id.
From the course catalogs alone, it is clear that ESV is a major part of the analytic tool kit and worldview imparted to MBA students. Indeed, business school professors are among the most vociferous proponents of ESV.136See, e.g., Edmans, supra note 43, at 55–56.

Stock prices provide an additional source of information for a manager trying to understand the long-term value generated by current corporate policies. Stock markets incentivize the production and aggregation of information about corporate value by stock traders. Even if a manager is concerned that stock prices do not fully reflect long-term value, stock prices surely provide some relevant information to management regarding how to maximize long-term value. For example, the fact that Tesla and General Motors trade today with price-to-earnings ratios of 70 and 4, respectively, must say something about the future of internal combustion engines.137Tesla Inc., Google Fin., https://www.google.com/finance/quote/TSLA:NASDAQ [https://
perma.cc/QLF5-T9J2]; General Motors Co., Google Fin., https://www.google.com/finance/quote/
GM:NYS [https://perma.cc/U7UP-KS5Z].

In summary, while maximizing long-term shareholder value under ESV puts a substantial informational burden on corporate management, there are good reasons to believe that managers are able to assemble and process a great deal of information about how best to further stakeholder interests so as to maximize long-term shareholder value.

ii.  Incentives

Although ESV strikes us as substantially feasible from an information perspective, the story is more complicated with respect to managers’ incentives. As discussed in Part I, one reason for optimism stems from the structure of corporate law, which is generally designed with the goal of incentivizing management to maximize long-term shareholder value. Furthermore, Delaware courts have required corporate boards to put in place information and reporting systems designed to safeguard against risks to the company’s stakeholders that might ultimately harm shareholder interests through, for example, sullying the company’s reputation.138See, e.g., Marchand v. Barnhill, 212 A.3d 805, 809 (Del. 2019)(declining to dismiss a complaint charging a company’s board with breaching its fiduciary duties by failing to implement a monitoring system for food safety and observing that the company could only thrive if its customers “were confident that its products were safe to eat”).

Executive compensation for senior officers also produces substantial incentives for managers to maximize shareholder value. Much of these incentives stem from the significant equity component of managers’ pay packages, which directly links the wealth of managers to the wealth of shareholders. For example, for the median CEO of an S&P 500 firm as of 2011, a 1% increase in the value of the company’s shares would produce an increase in the wealth of the CEO of about $500,000 due to their holdings of company stock and stock options.139Kevin J. Murphy, Executive Compensation: Where We Are, and How We Got There, in 2A Handbook of the Economics of Finance 211, 236–37 (George M. Constantinides, Milton Harris & Rene M. Stulz eds., 2013).

Yet, while corporate governance is very much oriented toward the long-term shareholder value corporate objective of ESV, by no means does our corporate system produce perfect incentives for corporate management to maximize long-term shareholder value. Perhaps most obviously, standard agency cost theory teaches that whenever managers do not own 100% of the firm’s residual claims their incentives are not perfectly aligned with those of shareholders.140Jensen & Meckling, supra note 18, at 312–13. Concern about this problem, of course, is as old as the business corporation itself. See Adam Smith, The Wealth of Nations 124 (P.F. Collier & Son 1902) (1776) (“The directors of such companies, however, being the managers rather of other people’s money than of their own, it cannot well be expected, that they should watch over it with the same anxious vigilance with which the partners in a private copartnery frequently watch over their own . . . . Negligence and profusion, therefore, must always prevail, more or less, in the management of the affairs of such a company.”). See generally Adolf A. Berle Jr. & Gardiner C. Means, The Modern Corporation and Private Property (1932) (analyzing agency problems generated by the separation of ownership from control in public companies). The literature on such incentive problems is vast, and we will not rehearse it all here. For present purposes we concentrate on the main incentive problems that result in failure to engage in forms of CSR that would benefit shareholders.

Perhaps the primary incentive problem related to ESV is corporate “short-termism,” in which management focuses myopically on short-run profitability at the expense of long-term shareholder value.141See, e.g., The Global Compact, supra note 44, at 5 (“The use of longer time horizons in investment is an important condition to better capture value creation mechanisms linked to ESG factors.”). A key premise of the standard short-termism argument is that the firm’s stock price does not fully reflect what management knows about the value of the firm, for example, because of information asymmetries between managers and investors.142See Jeremy C. Stein, Takeover Threats and Managerial Myopia, 96 J. Pol. Econ. 61, 62 (1988). Consider the following stylized example. Suppose that managers had private information that an expenditure of $80 (for example, additional investment in research and development) would increase expected revenues by $100. However, investors—because they lack managers’ private information—place only 50% probability on revenues increasing by $100 and 50% probability on revenues remaining the same from this investment.143This example draws on the formal model presented in Stein’s article. See generally id. As a result, investors would view the investment as having an NPV of -$30, whereas managers would view the investment as having an NPV of $20. In this fashion, the company’s stockholders might undervalue a change in a company’s operations that would increase long-term shareholder value.

For such market myopia to actually affect corporate decision-making, however, some sort of “transmission mechanism” must exist that induces corporate management to focus on increasing the company’s short-term stock price rather than long-term shareholder value.144Mark J. Roe, Corporate Short-Termism—In the Boardroom and in the Courtroom, 68 Bus. Law. 977, 985 (2013). One potential such mechanism is the corporate takeover market.145Stein, supra note 142, at 63; Martin Lipton, Takeover Bids in the Target’s Boardroom, 35 Bus. Law. 101, 109 (1979). In particular, managers might be concerned that if the market undervalues the long-term value of a particular strategy, a corporate raider might exploit the temporary mispricing in the company’s stock and acquire the company at a price that does not reflect the long-term value of the company, thus deterring managers from undertaking the strategy. In today’s corporate landscape, however, a more common version of this concern involves hedge fund activists who take only a minority stake in a target and then agitate for operational or financial changes that might increase the company’s share price even if the changes undermine long-term shareholder value.146Martijn Cremers, Saura Masconale & Simone M. Sepe, Activist Hedge Funds and the Corporation, 94 Wash. U. L. Rev. 261, 270–71 (2016). As with corporate takeovers, even just the threat of such activist interventions might produce managerial myopia more broadly by incentivizing management to pay excessive attention to short-term results for fear of the company becoming a target.147Robert Kuttner, The Truth About Corporate Raiders, New Republic, Jan. 20, 1986, at 14, 17; cf. Stein, supra note 142, at 63 (“In [takeover] cases, managers who boost their stock prices by inflating earnings may be attempting to act in the interests of stockholders by preventing them from being unfairly ‘ripped off’ by raiders.”). Even more directly, modern executive compensation packages generally make managers themselves short-term stockholders, and there is some evidence that vesting equity induces CEOs to cut back on long-term corporate investments148Alex Edmans, Vivian W. Fang & Katharina A. Lewellen, Equity Vesting and Investment, 30 Rev. Fin. Stud. 2229, 2231 (2017). and to engage in stock repurchases and corporate acquisitions that impair long-term shareholder returns.149Alex Edmans, Vivian W. Fang & Allen H. Huang, The Long-Term Consequences of Short-Term Incentives, 60 J. Acct. Rsch. 1007 (2022). Corroborating the hypothesis that short-termism might inhibit both firm performance and CSR investments is evidence that both firm performance and investments in stakeholder relationships increase as a result of reforms that improve executives’ long-term incentives.150Caroline Flammer & Pratima Bansal, Does a Long-Term Orientation Create Value?: Evidence from a Regression Discontinuity, 38 Strategic Mgmt. J. 1827, 1827 (2017). The extent of managerial short-termism remains controversial,151For a skeptical view, see generally Mark J. Roe, Stock Market Short-Termism’s Impact, 167 U. Pa. L. Rev. 71 (2018). Similarly, for a positive view of hedge fund activism, in terms of long-term shareholder value effects, see Lucian A. Bebchuk, Alon Brav & Wei Jiang, The Long-Term Effects of Hedge Funds Activism, 115 Colum. L. Rev. 1085, 1121–35 (2015). but it provides a coherent conceptual account for why corporate managers might sometimes fail to engage in CSR that would ultimately increase long-term shareholder value.

Other kinds of agency problems can also inhibit CSR under the ESV approach. For instance, managers might engage in empire building or otherwise overinvest in ways that harm long-term shareholder value. For firms that operate in high-negative-externality industries—fossil fuel production, say—such overinvestment can harm other interests in society as well. Alternatively, disloyal managers might claim to sacrifice short-term profitability to further stakeholder interests in the name of long-term value creation when in fact they are engaged in a form of self-dealing.

To summarize, management pursuit of ESV is neither hopeless nor a sure thing. We can expect corporate managers to be able to gather and analyze a substantial amount of the information needed to engage in CSR under the ESV approach and to have considerable incentives to do so, but their information and incentives will not be perfect.

2.  Shareholder Social Preferences

Consider now the extent to which changing the corporate objective from long-term shareholder value under ESV to shareholder welfare under the SSP approach is likely to make corporate conduct more socially responsible. For this reform to achieve its goal of increased corporate social responsibility, corporate managers need both information about their shareholders’ social preferences and incentives to act on that information.

i.  Sorting of Shareholders

A key premise of the SSP approach is that shareholders have social preferences that make them willing, in aggregate, to sacrifice shareholder value in order for the corporation to act more in line with their values. But as an initial matter, will socially minded investors actually be willing to hold the stock of companies whose operations raise the greatest social concerns? So far, we have maintained the simplifying assumption that all shareholders are perfectly diversified. In practice, however, shareholders’ incentives to hold the shares of a particular issuer will in fact depend on their social preferences. This is because shareholders’ social preferences are, at least in important part, associative. By associative we mean that shareholders prefer not to own shares in (or otherwise be associated with) companies whose business practices they find morally objectionable. One source of evidence for this stems from the portfolios of ESG mutual funds that are marketed to appeal to such investors, which are tilted towards companies with high ESG scores.152Quinn Curtis, Jill Fisch & Adriana Z. Robertson, Do ESG Mutual Funds Deliver on Their Promises?, 120 Mich. L. Rev. 393, 424 (2021). In turn, mutual funds marketed as socially responsible are disproportionately held by more prosocial investors.153Arno Riedl & Paul Smeets, Why Do Investors Hold Socially Responsible Mutual Funds?, 72 J. Fin. 2505, 2507 (2017). Individuals’ direct holdings of stock exhibit a similar phenomenon. In particular, individuals who vote in favor of shareholder proposals pressuring the company to act more responsibly are more likely to hold renewable energy firms and less likely to hold fossil-fuel producers. Jonathon Zytnick, Do Mutual Funds Represent Individual Investors? 39 (NYU L. & Econ., Research Paper No. 21-04, 2022), https://papers.ssrn.com/abstract=3803690 [https://perma.cc/X2MQ-ZHMD] (“[I]ndividuals who vote in favor of SRI proposals are more likely to own renewable energy firms and less likely to own fossil fuel producers.”). The result of such shareholder sorting is to further reduce the importance of shareholder social preferences in the shareholder welfare objective function for the very corporations for which there is the most at stake in terms of CSR. The shareholders that hold companies that raise the greatest social concerns will be systematically the investors least concerned about those social issues.154See Ľuboš Pástor, Robert F. Stambaugh & Lucian A. Taylor, Sustainable Investing in Equilibrium, 142 J. Fin. Econ. 550, 553–57 (2021) (developing a model of investing in an economy in which investors differ in their degree of concern about corporate social behavior and showing that, in equilibrium, dirty firms are disproportionately held by investors least concerned about corporate social behavior).

Hart and Zingales, in proposing the SSP approach, in contrast adopt a very different assumption about the form of investors’ social preferences and how they manifest in behavior. They assume that shareholders care about corporate behavior only at the point they are asked to make some decision about it—like voting on a shareholder proposal—and not before or after such a shareholder decision is made.155Hart & Zingales, supra note 71, at 253. They adopt the same approach in their later work on shareholder social preferences. See Broccardo et al., supra note 78, at 3103. Under their view, environmentalists would have no qualms about owning shares in a coal-mining company. Their social preferences would manifest only if they were asked to decide on some specific operational matter that would implicate their environmentalist views. If shareholders were asked to vote on whether the company should adopt a more environmentally responsible mining technique, say, that would lower shareholder returns to some extent, environmentalist shareholders might vote yes, depending on the weight they put on their environmentalist views and the extent of the lower shareholder return entailed. But under Hart and Zingales’s view they would not hesitate to invest in the first place, even if there were no prospect for them to influence the firm’s environmental practices. Hart and Zingales thus propose an invest and engage model of socially responsible investing. But if shareholders’ social preferences are strongly associative, as existing evidence suggests, then this model would work only for companies with operations that are already relatively socially responsible, substantially undercutting the potential of SSP to improve corporate conduct.156To be sure, it could be that the current practice of associative avoidance rather than invest and engage is a function of current corporate governance institutions oriented around shareholder value. Although we are skeptical, it is possible that moving to the SSP regime could cause shareholders to change their sorting behavior and adopt an invest and engage model of socially responsible investment. But such a shift would require that the SSP approach make a substantial difference in corporate behavior, and in what follows we provide further reasons to believe that it would not. See infra notes 159–175 and accompanying text.

ii.  Information

In order for the shift to shareholder welfare as the corporate objective to affect corporate behavior in the intended way, managers must have information about their shareholders’ aggregate social preferences. Relevant preference information would include shareholders’ willingness to pay, in terms of reduced shareholder returns, to further various social concerns as well as how shareholders view trade-offs among competing social concerns. A natural way to gather such information would be for corporate management to poll their shareholders.157See Hart & Zingales, supra note 71; Alex Edmans & Tom Gosling, How To Give Shareholders a Say in Corporate Social Responsibility, Wall St. J. (Dec. 6, 2020, 11:00 AM ET), https://www.wsj.com/articles/how-to-give-shareholders-a-say-in-corporate-social-responsibility-116072

70401 [https://perma.cc/5U8E-4BKW] (arguing in favor of periodic shareholder votes on “corporate purpose” as a way for management to elicit information about shareholders’ social preferences); Jill E. Fisch, Purpose Proposals, 1 U. Chi. Bus. L. Rev. 113, 128–55 (2022) (analyzing purpose proposals).

One version of this would be for management to poll shareholders for their views on concrete corporate operational matters that implicate various social concerns. As a preliminary matter, however, note that diversified shareholders generally lack the information and expertise needed to understand the trade-offs available between firm value and social concerns—this is the core economic logic of centralized management. Put simply individual shareholders are unlikely to know what corporate decisions would maximize their utility.

Consider, for example, the shareholders of a social-media company. Many of these shareholders might share a belief that the corporation should protect the privacy and data of its users, but they likely have little knowledge of the different corporate practices that could advance those interests and the trade-offs they would entail. In principle, shareholders could, with the help of management, inform themselves of the relevant options and their associated costs, but doing so would entail costs that would likely deter diversified shareholders from doing so.158Skepticism regarding whether shareholders are well-positioned to evaluate specific corporate policies also appears in the SEC’s policy of excluding 14a-8 proposals that seek “to ‘micro-manage’ the company by probing too deeply into matters of a complex nature upon which shareholders, as a group, would not be in a position to make an informed judgment.” Amendments to Rules on Shareholder Proposals, Exchange Act Release No. 34-40018, 63 Fed. Reg. 102, at 29109 (May 28, 1998).

Consider then instead the possibility that management might learn information just about the content and strength of shareholders’ social preferences rather than shareholders’ views about specific operational decisions. Even at this raw preference level, however, we are skeptical that shareholders have clear preferences in any meaningful sense about the relevant trade-offs, much less that management could realistically learn much about them. For example, consider again a social-media company. Another major social concern about social media is its role in the spread of disinformation. Suppose you, dear reader, were a shareholder of a social-media company that had been plagued by such problems in the past. How much return would you be willing to sacrifice in order to reduce this problem? If you are like us, you are having trouble even coming up with a coherent metric for expressing such a preference. Are you willing to sacrifice fifty basis points in return for a reduction of one . . . disinformation unit?

Put another way, shareholder voting provides information about the stated preferences of shareholders but not necessarily their revealed preferences. As a result, a risk exists that asking what any given shareholder prefers in terms of social issues and investment returns might result in the shareholder expressing a preference that is inconsistent with the policy the shareholder would adopt if forced to pay directly for the policy adoption.159Economists are traditionally skeptical of using stated preference methods for eliciting individuals’ valuations of public goods and the like as a guide for welfare analysis. After surveying the empirical literature documenting biases and inconsistencies in responses to surveys eliciting individuals’ valuations of various environmental amenities, Peter Diamond and Jerry Hausman conclude that the problems with such stated preference methods:

[C]ome from an absence of preferences, not a flaw in survey methodology. That is, we do not think that people generally hold views about individual environmental sites (many of which they have never heard of); or that, within the confines of the time available for survey instruments, people will focus successfully on the identification of preferences, to the exclusion of other bases for answering survey questions. This absence of preferences shows up as inconsistency in responses across surveys and implies that the survey responses are not satisfactory bases for policy.

Peter A. Diamond & Jerry A. Hausman, Contingent Valuation: Is Some Number Better than No Number?, 8 J. Econ. Persps. 45, 63 (1994).
As well, we might question whether preference elicitation is in the wheelhouse of corporate managers.

These informational challenges facing SSP are not much diminished when we consider intermediation by institutional investors. Hart and Zingales propose that such intermediaries might provide a means of lowering the cognitive load on diversified investors of expressing their social preferences over corporate conduct.160Hart & Zingales, supra note 71. Prosocial investors could simply invest in a prosocial mutual fund that will vote its portfolio company shares in order to advance the investors’ social preferences. But this essentially just moves the information problem down one level: How can the fund’s manager learn about the social preferences of its investors in order to relay that information to corporate managers?161In response to this challenge, one could, of course, require institutional investors to solicit the views of their investors and vote accordingly. See Jill E. Fisch & Jeff Schwartz, Corporate Democracy and the Intermediary Voting Dilemma, 102 Tex. L. Rev. 1, 48 (2023) (proposing “a system by which fund managers ascertain the preferences of their beneficiaries and incorporate those preferences into their voting and engagement practices”). Despite its appeal, such an approach would hardly be a mechanism for implementing SSP for several reasons. First, this form of polling would have to overcome the problem of investor passivity in corporate voting. See Alon Brav, Matthew Cain & Jonathon Zytnick, Retail Shareholder Participation in the Proxy Process: Monitoring, Engagement and Voting, 144 J. Fin. Econ. 492, 500 (2022) (finding only 11% of retail accounts cast votes at annual shareholder meetings). More importantly, soliciting investors’ general preferences on social issues would similarly suffer from its inability to capture investors’ revealed preferences on the concrete trade-offs implicated by specific voting proposals. Indeed, even advocates of this approach acknowledge the continuing need for institutional investors to engage in informed intermediation given that whatever preferences are expressed through such polling are likely to be “incomplete, inconsistent, or uninformed.” Fisch & Schwartz, supra, at 9. As such, there could be no assurance that the votes cast by institutional investors would, in fact, reflect the true preferences of a company’s beneficial owners.

One possibility, suggested by Hart and Zingales, is that investors can “vote with their feet” by sorting into funds that have a track record of voting that investors find attractive.162Hart & Zingales, supra note 71, at 265. Indeed, Michal Barzuza, Quinn Curtis, and David Webber argue that index-fund providers have become increasingly vocal about their voting records on ESG issues in order to compete for millennial investors, who they argue place a significant premium on social issues.163See Michal Barzuza, Quinn Curtis & David H. Webber, Shareholder Value(s): Index Fund ESG Activism and the New Millennial Corporate Governance, 93 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1243, 1265–68 (2020).

But empirical evidence provides little support for the idea that investors sort into mutual funds based on their voting policies. For instance, using a dataset that contains the voting records of both individual investors and the mutual funds in which they invest, Jonathon Zytnick examines whether mutual funds vote on CSR-related matters in the same way that their investors vote on CSR-related matters when these investors cast ballots as shareholders.164Zytnick, supra note 153, at 27–36. Overall, he finds little overlap between investor preferences and fund voting, especially within index funds.165Id. at 29. One exception is with respect to ESG funds, which typically vote in favor of CSR-related initiatives, which is consistent with how their investors cast ballots as individual shareholders. But note that ESG funds typically focus on screening out firms with poor ESG track records, reflecting our view that investors’ social preferences are to a large extent associational. Id. at 29–31. Zytnick attributes the overall lack of sorting to rational inattention: as in political voting, investors rationally choose not to investigate how an intermediary votes due to the small likelihood that their investment will cause the intermediary’s votes to be pivotal.166Id. at 19.

Hart and Zingales argue that the lack of investor sorting is due to current corporate governance rules that limit the scope of shareholder voting on CSR.167Hart & Zingales, supra note 71, at 264. State corporate law, for example, gives the board but not shareholders the legal authority to manage the business and affairs of the corporation. This norm prevents shareholders from restricting the board’s substantive decision-making authority by enacting bylaws that direct particular substantive outcomes in terms of CSR. See CA, Inc. v. AFSCME Emps. Pension Plan, 953 A.2d 227, 234–35 (Del. 2008). In turn, Rule 14a-8 of the federal proxy rules, which gives shareholders the right to put certain shareholder proposals on management’s proxy for the annual shareholder meeting, allows management to exclude proposals that are “not a proper subject for action by shareholders under the laws of the jurisdiction of the company’s organization.” 17 C.F.R. § 240.14a-8(h)(3)(i) (2022). However, even in the absence of such limitations, we question whether sorting among funds based on how they vote on social issues would provide meaningful information to managers about their shareholders’ social preferences. First, as we argued above, we doubt that investors have sufficiently well-formed preferences about corporate conduct such that it is even possible for sorting to convey information to corporate managers about those preferences. Second, it would remain prohibitively costly for shareholders to evaluate the stated policies of asset managers. It is not as simple as environmentally minded shareholders buying a “green” mutual fund. As we have emphasized, shareholders’ social preferences are heterogeneous, both in terms of their strength relative to wealth in their utility function and in terms of their content. Individual investors will often differ in how they evaluate the trade-offs entailed when a company implements specific CSR-related policies.

Consider, for example, a fund dedicated to carbon reduction. Across the range of policy interventions a company might take to reduce its carbon footprint, how will investors know which ones a Reduce Carbon Fund will pursue, or how it will evaluate the inevitable trade-offs implicated by each course of action? While some investors may adopt a hell-or-high-water (“hah”) approach to carbon reduction, others may condition their support on evidence that the intervention will enhance long-term shareholder value. These problems are further compounded in cases in which a corporate decision involves a trade-off between competing social values and not just between a single social issue and investment returns. Many shareholders, for example, might have concerns about the implications of a given carbon reduction policy proposal on other stakeholders, such as workers or communities who may be adversely impacted by it.168Indeed, BlackRock, which is the largest asset manager in the United States, announced a new program in January 2022 called “Voting Choice” whereby it will allow its clients to choose how to vote the portfolio securities of certain BlackRock funds managed on their behalf. Shareholder Rights Directive II — Engagement Policy, BlackRock (2022), https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/
literature/publication/blk-shareholder-rights-directiveii-engagement-policy-2022.pdf [https://perma.cc/
Y3N5-8JN3]. While the initial program includes only institutional clients, the firm has announced that it is “committed to a future where every investor—even individual investors—can have the option to participate in the proxy voting process if they choose.” Fink, supra note 101. On the one hand, these changes might be thought of as facilitating the SSP approach by enabling shareholders who invest through intermediaries to express their views on social issues. But we suspect that this emerging devolution of voting responsibility to beneficial owners reflects both the difficulties asset managers face in determining their investors’ preferences and the intractability of the conflicts among shareholders in their social preferences. These changes enable asset managers to sidestep these issues and push down the costs of becoming informed on the issues being voted on to their underlying investors, who lack incentives to bear them, ultimately undermining the feasibility of the SSP approach.

A final problem with using shareholder voting and similar mechanisms to convey social preference information to corporate management is that shareholders will express their overall preferences about corporate policy, not just the part concerning shareholder value and their social preferences. For diversified shareholders, those overall preferences would include the portfolio effects that PVM—and not SSP—envisions incorporating into the corporate objective. As a result, attempts to implement the SSP approach, to the extent they are successful in tilting corporate decisions toward what shareholders want, will in practice blur into pursuit of the PVM objective including the anticompetitive aspects of it that are socially destructive.

iii.  Incentives

As we argued above, shareholder value is a much more important component of shareholder welfare than shareholder social preferences, given heterogeneity and conflicts among shareholders regarding the relevant welfare trade-offs and sorting based on associative preferences. Our analysis also revealed that management has much better information about long-term shareholder value than it has about shareholders’ social preferences. In such a setting—with one far more important component of the objective function for which information is readily available and one far less important component for which information is not available—the best scheme for incentivizing corporate management to pursue shareholder welfare under the SSP approach focuses management attention squarely on the important and measurable component, long-term shareholder value, and thus is essentially identical to the ESV approach.

Our argument builds on insights from “multitask principal-agent problems” from contract theory.169Bengt Holmstrom & Paul Milgrom, Multitask Principal–Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design, 7 J.L. Econ. & Org. 24, 25 (1991). These models entail a principal who hires an agent to perform several tasks or, similarly, a single task with multiple dimensions to it. A common problem in such an environment arises when performance on one dimension of the job is easily measurable while performance on another dimension is difficult to measure. Teacher performance is a classic example. Standardized tests can measure one dimension of teacher performance, but other aspects—promoting creativity or communication skills—are much harder to measure. In such a setting, the agent decides how to allocate effort across the dimensions of the job, and an increase in incentives on the more easily measurable dimension of their performance will result in the agent reallocating their effort toward that dimension and away from the others.

In a pathbreaking article working through the implications of such a setting for contract design, Bengt Holmstrom and Paul Milgrom argued that the optimal contract might entail very low-powered incentives, like a fixed wage, in order to avoid distorting the agent’s effort too much in the direction of the more easily measurable dimension of the job.170Id. at 35–38. In the application to teachers, the idea is that paying teachers based on a fixed salary would result in better overall teacher performance than paying them based on the performance of their students on standardized tests since the more balanced allocation of teacher effort across the different dimensions of their job that would result—based on teachers’ intrinsic motivations—is more important than the fall in overall effort from giving up on high-powered extrinsic incentives on the measurable aspect of their performance.

In our setting, a low-powered incentive contract in the spirit of Holmstrom and Milgrom’s analysis would entail giving up on providing managers high-powered incentives to maximize shareholder value in order to induce them to put some effort into measuring and furthering shareholders’ social preferences. For example, managers could be paid like bureaucrats, with fixed salaries and no equity-based component to their pay. But this is not the optimal contract here, for two reasons.

First, as we have explained, long-term shareholder value is a more important component of shareholder welfare than is shareholder social preferences—by far—and, in addition, managers have much better information about how to maximize shareholder value than about how to satisfy shareholders’ social preferences. As a result, managerial effort to maximize shareholder value is generally much more productive, in shareholder welfare terms, than is managerial effort to further shareholders’ social preferences. Consider, then, how shareholders would ideally want managers to allocate their finite time and attention across those two tasks. For the sake of argument, suppose that management were to focus exclusively on maximizing shareholder value and ignored shareholders’ social preferences. From this benchmark, would shareholders’ welfare increase if management were to divert some of its attention to figuring out how best to further shareholders’ social preferences? We think not. The resulting fall in shareholder value would matter more to shareholder welfare than whatever small improvement management could achieve in better aligning firm policy with shareholders’ social preferences.

Second, suppose we are wrong about that, and in fact shareholders would ideally want management to devote at least some attention to furthering shareholders’ social preferences. That alone is not sufficient for the optimal incentive contract for management to be one that avoids high-powered incentives to maximize firm value. The optimal design of incentives depends not only on the relative productivity of management’s efforts on the two tasks but also on management’s intrinsic motivation to pursue the tasks as well as on the availability of good incentive instruments to motivate managerial effort on each of the tasks.

In the application of the Holmstrom and Milgrom multitask model to the problem of incentivizing teachers, a fixed wage contract results in teachers’ effort being driven by their intrinsic motivation to help students learn. In the educational context, it seems plausible that teachers have substantial intrinsic motivation—presumably many teachers enter the profession not because the pay is high (it is not) but rather because they like teaching and care about students. As a result of their intrinsic motivations, the fixed wage contract for teachers results in substantial effort across both the measurable and nonmeasurable dimensions of their performance.

But in the corporate context, we think intrinsic motivations play a much smaller role relative to extrinsic motivations. As a result, giving up on extrinsic incentives would result in a substantial fall in managerial effort on maximizing firm value, and for little benefit; it is hard to see why corporate managers would have much intrinsic motivation to figure out shareholders’ social preferences and seek to further them.

In terms of the availability of incentive instruments, the key issue is whether there are good proxies for the agent’s performance to base their compensation on. When an agent is paid on the basis of some performance measure, they will have incentives to increase the performance measure, which might not produce the desired results. The basic analytic point here is captured evocatively in the title of a classic article in the management literature: On the Folly of Rewarding A, While Hoping for B.171Steven Kerr, On the Folly of Rewarding A, While Hoping for B, 18 Acad. Mgmt. J. 769 (1975). In the teacher context, there might not be great proxies even for the relatively measurable aspects of the job. Consider the practice of paying teachers based on their students’ test scores. The hope is that doing so will motivate teachers to teach better. But following the introduction of incentive pay based on test scores for teachers in Atlanta, ten teachers and administrators were caught helping students cheat on the test to inflate their scores.172Annie Murphy Paul, Atlanta Teachers Were Offered Bonuses for High Test Scores. Of Course They Cheated., Wash. Post (Apr. 16, 2015, 12:43 PM EDT), https://www.washingtonpost.com/post
everything/wp/2015/04/16/atlanta-teachers-were-offered-bonuses-for-high-test-scores-of-course-they-cheated [https://perma.cc/E5P5-PBEP].
Put simply: you get what you pay for.

The implication for the optimal design of incentives is that the fall in effort on the measurable dimension of performance from switching from a high-powered incentive scheme to low-powered incentives depends on how well the former dimension of performance can in fact be measured.173See George P. Baker, Incentive Contracts and Performance Measurement, 100 J. Pol. Econ. 598, 599 (1992) (“[T]o the extent that the performance measure does not respond to the agent’s actions in the same way that the principal’s objective responds to these actions, the firm will reduce the sensitivity of the incentive contract to the performance measure.”). In teaching, test scores are a potentially problematic measure even of the aspects of teacher performance they purport to measure, as the cheating scandal illustrates in extreme form. This measurement problem then reduces the benefit, in terms of student learning, of paying teachers based on the proxy. In contrast, in the corporate context, there are excellent performance measures available for shareholder value. The shareholder value component of shareholder welfare is ultimately revealed over time as the firm’s cash flows are realized. Executive compensation plans make use of that fact by employing equity-based pay and explicit bonus schemes tied to accounting measures of earnings to generate incentives to maximize shareholder value. We believe that equity-based pay can provide substantial alignment between management’s incentives and shareholder value. Giving up on those incentives would therefore result in a substantial loss in shareholder value.

Finally, we do not believe it is optimal to add explicit incentives for managers to further shareholders’ social preferences. The shareholder social preferences component of shareholder welfare is much harder to measure than shareholder value and remains largely hidden. Some crude proxy for shareholders’ social preferences, based on surveys of shareholders or the like, would have to be constructed to use as a performance measure in management’s compensation scheme. But the measurement challenges here reduce the productivity, from a shareholder welfare perspective, of trying to provide extrinsic incentives to management to take into consideration shareholders’ social preferences.

In sum, the optimal incentive scheme under the SSP view focuses squarely on shareholder value, so that the SSP approach would do little to improve corporate behavior relative to the ESV baseline. One response might be that there is no downside to changing the corporate objective to shareholder welfare under SSP and possible upside. If we are right, the argument goes, that the optimal incentive scheme would remain unchanged, then boards charged with pursuing shareholder welfare under SSP will ensure that management has incentives to stay focused on shareholder value. But it could be, the argument continues, that for some firms, the information and incentive problems we have identified with seeking to further shareholders’ social preferences are less severe. For those firms, changing the corporate objective to shareholder welfare under SSP could result in more socially responsible corporate behavior. But in our view, such a change to the legal and business norm about corporate purpose would inevitably result in substantial efforts by many corporate boards to induce the company’s senior managers to incorporate shareholders’ social preferences into their decision-making even when doing so in fact lowers shareholder (and social) welfare by distracting management from shareholder value.

3.  Portfolio Value Maximization

Evaluating the feasibility of PVM as an alternative corporate objective requires assessing whether corporate managers might have the information and incentives needed to incorporate the effects of the firm’s decisions on the value of their shareholders’ portfolios into their decision-making process, above and beyond how those decisions affect the long-term value of the corporation. We show here that there are good reasons to think they will not.

i.  Information

A first type of information managers would need under PVM is on the composition of the portfolios held by the company’s shareholders. A company’s shareholders are likely to vary widely in the investment portfolios that they hold. Indeed, the large number of investment products offered as mutual funds reflects the strong demand for a broad range of investment portfolios with varying investment objectives. As of November 2023, Morningstar lists over 1,800 investment funds as providing exposure to “U.S. Equity” and nearly 1,100 investment funds as providing exposure to “International Equity.”174For the list of U.S. Equity funds, see U.S. Equity Funds, Morningstar, https://www.morning

star.com/us-equity-funds [https://perma.cc/24N7-M6WJ]. For the list of International Equity funds, see International Equity Funds, Morningstar, https://www.morningstar.com/international-equity-funds [https://perma.cc/TZ5P-XGCT].
Moreover, the portfolios of these funds reflect a broad range of investment theses, such as funds focused on growth firms, small-capitalization firms, low-volatility firms, dividend-paying firms, or firms operating in particular regions or sectors. Note as well that it is not enough for managers to determine what institutional investors hold the company’s shares. Institutional investors serve as intermediaries for the underlying individuals on whose behalf they ultimately hold the company’s shares. In turn it is those individual investors’ portfolios that form the ultimate aggregate portfolio the company’s managers should be trying to maximize.

To keep things simple, however, suppose corporate management assumed that the company’s shareholders are fully diversified so that the PVM objective is just the value of the market portfolio. This simplifying assumption stacks the deck in favor of the feasibility of PVM, so if PVM is not reasonably feasible under this assumption, then it certainly is not feasible in the real world.

A second type of information a corporate manager would need to pursue PVM is on the expected cash flows that alternative decisions would generate, not only for the company itself but also for other securities in shareholders’ portfolios, which again for now we take to be the market portfolio. These expected cash flows to the company and to other securities in the market portfolio are the ’s and ’s, respectively, in the numerators of the terms in the PVM version of the expression for the NPV of a project in equation (2) above.

In general, corporate managers will have much better information about the cash flows to the company (the ’s) than they will about the portfolio externality cash flows (the ’s). The cash flows to the company are ultimately directly observable and of course directly implicate the business of the company, on which managers are hired to be experts. Externalities, in contrast, involve other businesses that the firm’s managers will have much less information about. The information challenges posed by technological externalities are particularly acute. It is not clear how a firm’s managers would be able to divine the extent to which pollution emitted by the company, say, would reduce the value of other public companies, which include a diverse array of sectors and industries.175To be sure, there might be some specific technological externalities for which these information problems are less substantial. Most notably, there are aspects of the climate change policy problem that make it more amenable to institutional investors and managers having the requisite information. A ton of CO2 emitted in the atmosphere results in the same marginal social costs regardless of where or how it is emitted, since each such ton contributes the same global stock of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere that in turn causes climate change. Accordingly, institutional investors could collaborate with government and other actors to analyze the portfolio effects of climate change, as the UNEP FI has attempted to do. See United Nations Env’t Programme Fin. Initiative, supra note 117, at 38–49. Yet even this setting, in which one can plausibly model the portfolio effects of producing a unit of an externality, ultimately illustrates the limitations of the PVM approach. As we have already noted, the offsetting positive effects of climate change for many publicly traded companies, along with the use of discount rates far above the social discount rate and the geographic mismatch between the market portfolio and the economic costs of climate change, means that the net physical costs of climate change on the market portfolio are likely to be de minimis. See supra notes 116–133 and accompanying text. In contrast, pecuniary externalities primarily affect the company’s competitors, about which firm managers are likely to have substantial information.

Nor are institutional investors likely to be in a meaningfully better position to provide this information to managers. Acquiring information about the ’s of a portfolio company would require a level of firm-specific engagement likely to be far more complex than acquiring information only about the ’s of the company by virtue of the diffuse ways a company’s operations can affect firms in the market portfolio. Yet even when it comes to firm-specific engagement on increasing a company’s ’s, both active asset managers and index-fund providers have strong incentives to refrain from active engagement.176For active managers, any action that increases the value of a portfolio company will be shared by all active managers holding a position in the company; therefore, the initiating manager will suffer a decline in relative performance to the other managers who will similarly benefit from the increase in the company’s value without having to incur the costs of engagement. See Ronald J. Gilson & Jeffrey N. Gordon, The Agency Costs of Agency Capitalism: Activist Investors and the Revaluation of Governance Rights, 113 Colum. L. Rev. 863, 891–92 (2013). Likewise, index providers compete for assets under management on the basis of their low fees, making the costs associated with such firm-specific engagement incompatible with their business model. See id. Rather, both types of institutional investors adopt a stance of “rational reticence”177Id. at 867, 889. in which they weigh in on a company’s operations only after an activist hedge fund—which has incentives to investigate how a company might increase its cash flows due to its concentrated investment position—proposes an intervention. Yet by the same token, the fact that an activist is undiversified also means it has little reason to invest in exploring how to reduce the ’s of a company. Indeed, to the extent an activist surfaces information on a company’s technological externalities, it will most likely relate to how they adversely affect the company’s cash flows—a point to which we return in Part V. As a result, managers cannot count on institutional investors to solve the critical information challenge posed by PVM.178Due to this challenge, Jeffrey Gordon suggests that, in the context of financial stability risk, institutional investors “ought to devote more firm-specific (and sector-specific) attention to financial firms precisely because (i) they cannot rely on some of the standard intermediaries and (ii) a single-firm failure can present a systemic threat.” Gordon, supra note 84, at 660. However, even assuming systemic risk of this sort was confined to preventing the failure of, say, any of the thirty firms listed by the Financial Stability Board as a Global Systemically Important Bank, see Fin. Stability Bd., 2022 List of Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) 3 (2022), https://www.fsb.org/2022/11/2022-list-of-global-systemically-important-banks-g-sibs [https://perma.cc/UF8J-7Q9T], we question whether active managers and indexers would view active engagement across even these thirty firms as cost justified, given their strong incentives for governance passivity. See Gilson & Gordon, supra note 176, at 891–92. More importantly, the 2023 banking crisis is a stark reminder that efforts to contain financial stability risk would require a far greater expenditure of resources given the interconnectedness of financial institutions. The crisis represents precisely the type of nondiversifiable financial stability risk at the heart of PVM; yet it was initiated by the failure of just three regional banks (Silicon Valley Bank, Silvergate Bank, and Signature Bank). As of December 31, 2022, the Federal Reserve listed 2,214 banks on its list of “large commercial banks” operating in the United States. Large Commercial Banks, Fed. Rsrv. (Dec. 31, 2022), https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/lbr/20221231 [https://perma.cc/MZR9-XJ9R]. In addition to firm-specific engagement, Gordon also suggests institutional investors could adopt portfolio-wide policies that favor more specific disclosures regarding a company’s exposure to areas of systemic risk, such as through supporting private and quasi-regulatory efforts to provide more uniform disclosure standards on climate change risk. Gordon, supra note 84, at 661. Even here, however, the goal would be to facilitate better pricing of a company’s securities to reflect a company’s exposure to systemic risk. Yet to the extent markets can better price a firm’s exposure to a particular type of systemic risk, this simply ensures investors will be compensated for bearing this form of nondiversifiable risk.

ii.  Incentives

Consider now the implications of the foregoing analysis for the incentives that firm managers have to pursue the PVM objective. The long-term value of the firm’s own shares and the pecuniary portfolio externalities produced by the firm are far more important components of the PVM objective function than the technological portfolio externalities produced by the firm. One reason for this is that there exist social institutions, such as environmental regulation, designed to internalize technological externalities of corporate activity. While these institutions are certainly imperfect, they do substantially limit technological externalities. Another reason is that only a fraction of corporate technological externalities actually falls on other companies’ securities, as we explained above. As a result, when managers are considering investing in a new project, typically the primary effect it has on investors’ portfolios is through its implications for the company’s own value. As well, pecuniary externalities are likely to be far more important to its shareholders than technological externalities for the reasons discussed above. Note that the ordering of these three components of the PVM objective function in terms of their importance to investors mirrors their ordering in terms of the information available to managers.

Incentivizing firm managers to incorporate technological externalities into their decision-making under the PVM approach thus poses a similar problem to that of incentivizing them to consider shareholder social preferences under the SSP approach. The most productive use of managers’ scarce time and attention, in terms of improving the PVM objective function, is in working to increase the cash flows to the firm’s own shares and to competing public companies. As a result, we think it likely that diversified shareholders would want managers to focus their limited time and attention on those outcomes. Diverting their attention to addressing technological portfolio externalities would likely be counterproductive for the value of shareholders’ portfolios, given their relatively small role in the PVM objective function and the relatively limited information firm managers have about them. The optimal incentive contract for managers under the PVM approach would thus focus squarely on the long-term value component of the objective function and put little to no weight on technological externalities.179In the absence of antitrust laws, the optimal incentive contract might also seek to encourage managers to create pecuniary externalities by, for example, colluding with the firm’s competitors. Reforms that aim to induce managers to incorporate portfolio effects into their decision-making are likely counterproductive for both diversified portfolio returns and for social welfare.

These considerations help explain why institutional investors have refrained from pushing managers of high carbon-emitting firms to slash emissions in the name of maximizing the value of other portfolio firms, as one might expect if investors truly wanted firms to adopt a PVM perspective. On the contrary, to the extent investors evaluate the impact of climate change on portfolio value maximization, they typically focus on the implications of climate change for each firm’s long-term value and in particular on transition risks, such as the costs a firm will face as governments seek to rein in carbon emissions and the investment opportunities these efforts will produce.180See, e.g., BlackRock, Climate-Related Risk and the Energy Transition 1 (2023), https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/literature/publication/blk-commentary-climate-risk-and-energy-transition.pdf [https://perma.cc/C69L-ZXJQ] (“While companies in various sectors and geographies may be affected differently by climate change, the energy transition is an investment factor that we expect to be material for many companies and economies around the globe. Within this context, and as stewards of our clients’ assets, we engage companies and encourage them to publish disclosures that help their investors understand how they identify and manage the material risks and opportunities related to climate change and the energy transition.” (endnote omitted)).

Indeed, the work of UNEP FI, which was established to advance methodologies for assessing the impact of climate change on the portfolios of institutional investors, is replete with this perspective. Using an investment portfolio consisting of 30,000 global securities, the report’s headline results indicate that investors in such a portfolio would face a 13.16% risk of loss due to transition risk, but low carbon-technology opportunities offset these costs by providing 10.74% of potential gains. To be sure, the report also estimated the aggregate physical losses to the portfolio arising from climate change to be 2.14%.181United Nations Env’t Programme Fin. Initiative, supra note 117, at 12. Yet even in this regard, the report cited investors as using these methods to engage with companies “to encourage greater climate risk resiliency”—in other words, to ensure companies are looking to maximize firm value in the face of these climate risks.182Id. at 78. Likewise, to the extent shareholder engagement at Big Oil firms has resulted in revised compensation plans to address climate change, the revised plans are uniformly designed to reward management for success in managing transition risk—a broad category of conduct that includes meeting greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions targets in anticipation of higher carbon costs as well as pursuing alternative energy technologies.183For instance, in 2021, Chevron approved the addition of an “Energy Transition” performance category to the Chevron Incentive Plan (“CIP”) scorecard in response to investor communications. Chevron Corp., 2022 Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) 44 (Apr. 7, 2022). According to the company, the “new category will have a 10% weighting, and will measure Chevron’s progress in the areas of GHG management, renewable energy and carbon offsets, and low-carbon technologies.” Id. at 49. In addition to the 10% weight provided to this Energy Transition metric, the CIP determines annual awards based on three other areas: financial results (weighted 35%), capital management (weighted 30%), and operating and safety performance (weighted 25%). Id. at 45.

C.  Devolving Corporate Control to Shareholders

In the prior Section we took as given the current institutional arrangements that give the board of directors control over corporate policy. This model of corporate governance necessarily raises the challenges of how shareholders might convey their preferences to managers (whether to maximize portfolio value or pursue social preferences) as well as how to provide managers with incentives to pursue these preferences. As we have argued, these challenges are difficult—if not impossible—to overcome, so it is hardly surprising that some proponents of shareholder welfarism, from both the SSP and PVM strands, have proposed implementing the shift away from shareholder value maximization toward shareholder welfare maximization by simply giving shareholders much greater direct say in operational matters. This approach is perhaps most associated with two 2022 papers penned by Oliver Hart and Luigi Zingales,184See, e.g., Broccardo et al., supra note 78, at 3101; Oliver Hart & Luigi Zingales, The New Corporate Governance, 1 U. Chi. Bus. L. Rev. 195 (2022). but similar admonitions to provide shareholders with greater voice in corporate governance have long emanated from proponents of PVM.185See, e.g., Hawley & Williams, supra note 84, at 144 (proposing that the governance role of institutional investors should reflect the broader powers of ownership in a corporation, including ‘actively participating in its strategic direction’ ”); Wolf-Georg Ring, Investor Empowerment for Sustainability, 74 Rev. Econ. 21, 21 (2023) (“[F]or investor empowerment as the main tool towards achieving greater sustainability in capital markets” and grounding this “trust in institutional investors . . . in various recent developments both on the supply side and the demand side of financial markets, and also in the increasing tendency of institutional investors to engage in common ownership.”).

We therefore conclude our evaluation of shareholder welfarism by considering the extent to which devolving corporate control to shareholders might improve corporate conduct. Note that, under this implementation mechanism, the distinction between the SSP and PVM forms of shareholder welfarism becomes less significant: in exercising their control rights over a corporation, shareholders would be motivated by their full range of relevant preferences, including with respect to the value of the firm, the value of other securities in their portfolios, and their social preferences. As such, we refer collectively to scholars taking this particular approach to implementing either SSP or PVM as proponents of “shareholder welfarism.”

1.  The Economic Logic of Centralized Control

To begin, we note that adopting a more holistic understanding of shareholder interests, as urged by these proponents of shareholder welfarism, does not change the basic economic logic that originally gave rise to the centralized management of publicly traded corporations. Diversified shareholders generally lack the information and expertise needed to run the firm; this is why, under current institutional arrangements, corporate control is vested in an elected board of directors. Put simply, centralized management lets managers be managers and investors be investors, and that specialization of function has well-understood economic benefits. In our view, devolving operational decisions to shareholders of publicly traded corporations would make little economic sense and would result in worse corporate performance, not just in terms of shareholder value but even in shareholder welfare or social welfare terms.

2.  Determining Which Decisions to Devolve to Shareholders

To be sure, proponents of shareholder welfarism do not propose that all operational decisions be devolved to shareholders, presumably in large part because they recognize the value, indeed practical necessity, of a significant degree of centralization of control over public companies in professional managers. But what then determines which operational decisions are made by shareholders and which by managers? Hart and Zingales argue that, as a conceptual matter, shareholders be given a direct say only with respect to operational issues that implicate a social goal that the company has a comparative advantage in achieving.186Hart & Zingales, supra note 184, at 210. They offer as an example a case from 1984 when DuPont faced a choice between polluting the Ohio River or spending money to avoid doing so.187Id. at 210–11.

But identifying conceptually a class of decisions that should be delegated to shareholders is on its own not enough. One must also specify who decides on a day-to-day basis when a particular corporate decision meets the specified criteria for devolution to shareholders. One possibility is that management decides. We suspect, however, that such an arrangement would result in management rarely bringing matters to a shareholder vote, given the time and expense involved and the fact that shareholders are so poorly equipped to make such decisions. It is not clear why management would have any incentive to bring such votes, and enforcement of a legal obligation for them to do so would presumably entail suits brought by shareholders, in effect making shareholders the key actors in instigating these shareholder votes over corporate operations.

Accordingly, the only plausible approach is to let shareholders initiate such votes, perhaps with management having access to a legal procedure for refusing to bring the vote if it does not meet the specified legal criteria.188This is how Hart and Zingales propose to implement SSP. Id. at 215. This is how the process for putting precatory shareholder proposals on management’s proxy statement for the annual shareholder meeting generally works currently under Rule 14a-8. But consider the incentives of shareholders to initiate such interventions. Standard collective action problems would inhibit diversified individual shareholders from bearing the considerable costs of putting operational issues to a shareholder vote. Similarly, traditional asset managers likely have little incentive to bear the costs of intervening by sponsoring shareholder proposals.189See Gilson & Gordon, supra note 176, at 894.

Consistent with this analysis, existing evidence on precatory shareholder proposals on social issues shows they are proposed largely by what Roberto Tallarita calls “stockholder politics specialists”: policy advocacy organizations like As You Sow, socially responsible investment advisors like Domini Impact Investments, and public and union pension funds.190Roberto Tallarita, Stockholder Politics, 73 Hastings L.J. 1697, 1740–42 (2022). These specialists generally have particular social and political agendas that existing scholarly commentaries characterize as different from the interests of most of the shareholder base.191See, e.g., Susan W. Liebeler, A Proposal to Rescind the Shareholder Proposal Rule, 18 Ga. L. Rev. 425, 439 (1984); Roberta Romano, Public Pension Fund Activism in Corporate Governance Reconsidered, 93 Colum. L. Rev. 795, 807 (1993). It seems likely that these actors often make proposals designed not to push corporate managers to strike a trade-off desired by shareholders between firm value and shareholders’ other preferences (which would be consistent with the view taken by proponents of shareholder welfarism), but rather they make proposals aimed at advancing a particular political agenda. In line with that understanding, only 3.3% of shareholder proposals on social issues from 2010 to 2021 received majority shareholder support.192Tallarita, supra note 190, at 1719. This fraction increased dramatically at the end of the sample period, however, reaching 12.4% in 2019 and 19.2% in 2021. Id. at 1727. Specific categories of social proposals that have begun attracting majority shareholder support at greater rates include proposals on board diversity, climate-related proposals, and proposals on corporate political activity. EY Ctr. for Bd. Matters, Ernst & Young, What Boards Should Know About ESG Developments in the 2021 Proxy Season 3–4 (2021).

We would expect these same actors to be the primary proponents of shareholder proposals under the reforms urged under the shareholder welfarism view that would make shareholder proposals on operational issues binding. The key question is whether empowering these actors to initiate shareholder decisions that override management through binding shareholder resolutions on operational matters is likely, on net, to improve corporate behavior.

3.  The Nature of Shareholder Preferences over Operational Decisions

Consider now how shareholders would vote on proposals pertaining to operational decisions. In an influential article published in the Journal of Political Economy,193Broccardo et al., supra note 78, at 3101. which we will refer to as BHZ, Eleonora Broccardo, Oliver Hart, and Luigi Zingales develop a model of shareholder voting and derive a startling result: in voting over operational decisions that pose trade-offs between firm value and social concerns, diversified shareholders will ignore the implications of the decision for their own investment returns and instead view the decision exactly as a social planner would, making the decision on the basis of the net social benefits to society as a whole.194Id. at 3115. They thus show that, under their assumptions, if a majority of shares are held by investors who are even slightly socially responsible, letting shareholders decide on operational matters achieves the socially optimal outcome. If their model provides a good account of shareholder voting behavior, then devolving operational decision-making to shareholders would have enormous potential for improving corporate conduct. Specialist actors with various views on social issues implicated by corporate conduct could tee up a range of binding resolutions for shareholders to vote on, and shareholders would pass them if and only if they improve social welfare.

But BHZ’s stark result depends on a set of critical assumptions and seems to us implausible in practice. BHZ models investors’ utility from owning a stock as having two components: one stemming from their investment returns from the stock and an altruistic component stemming from how the company’s operations affect society.195Id. at 3113–14. BHZ assumes that, because any individual stock would make up a de minimis fraction of a perfectly diversified investor’s portfolio, such an investor would have no (or de minimis) concern about the effect of an operational decision on their own investment returns.196Id. at 3115. Of course, the assumption of perfectly diversified, atomistic shareholders is inconsistent with how many shares are held, but we put that objection to the side. On the other hand, BHZ assumes that diversification has no effect on the strength of an investor’s ethical concerns about the company’s behavior.197Mathematically, BHZ denotes the number of firms in a diversified portfolio as 𝑟 and uses a utility function in which the investment returns term is multiplied by 1/𝑟, but the social preferences term is not multiplied by 1/𝑟. As a result, in the limit as 𝑟 becomes very large, the investment-returns term goes to zero so that all that is left is the term representing the investor’s social preferences. Id. at 3115. This asymmetry in their treatment of the effects of diversification is the key behind their result that each investor would vote on operational decisions just like a social planner would.

A natural alternative model of investor psychology is from earlier work by Hart and Zingales in which they assumed that the level of responsibility that shareholders feel for corporate externalities scales with their holdings in the firm.198Hart & Zingales, supra note 71, at 253 n.14 (“We suppose that a consumer feels responsible for the share of social surplus corresponding to his shareholding in order to avoid a situation where the social surplus term overwhelms the profit term for a small shareholder.”). In mathematical terms, this is equivalent to changing the utility function in BHZ by multiplying the social preferences term as well as the investment returns term by 1/𝑟. Under that assumption, investors would vote on operational matters by trading off the effects of the decision on firm value and on social considerations, with the weight on social considerations depending on the strength of their social preferences (which would reflect their financial position in the firm), in much the same way as we characterized aggregate shareholder welfare in Section IV.A above. Which of these models best captures how investors would actually think about binding shareholder proposals on operational matters cannot be derived through purely deductive reasoning but rather is ultimately an empirical question, which we return to below.

A second key assumption of BHZ concerns the effect of diversification on investors’ incentives to become informed about votes. An individual investor’s probability of casting the pivotal vote that determines the outcome goes to zero as they become perfectly diversified, for the same basic reason that their interest in the returns on any particular company’s stock goes to zero. This latter effect of diversification plays a key role in BHZ’s analysis, as we have discussed, but with regard to the former, BHZ assumes that “shareholders will vote as if they were pivotal since this is the only case where their vote matters; in other words, they vote the outcome they would like to occur.”199Broccardo et al., supra note 78, at 3114. But a more consistent view about the effects of portfolio diversification is that there would be no reason for an individual investor to give a moment’s thought or attention to how to vote shares or to potential investment funds’ voting policies, because in the limit an individual shareholder has no effect on the world.200Cf. Brav et al., supra note 161, at 505 (finding a positive empirical relation between a retail investor’s ownership position in a company and the likelihood that the investor casts a ballot at the company’s annual shareholder meeting). The prediction of the model would then not be that each investor acts like a social planner but rather widespread rational investor apathy about shareholder votes and about how funds vote, even for socially minded investors.201And these objections do not exhaust the set of critical assumptions that BHZ relies on for their result. For example, their result also hinges on specific choices about the cost structure of the corporate action being voted on (“adopting a technology”). BHZ assumes that the action entails only fixed costs and has no effect on marginal costs. But if it were to increase firms’ marginal costs, then under perfect competition the result would only obtain if all firms adopted it at once. If some firms do not adopt, then the remaining dirty firms would win the entire market. In turn, in equilibrium consequentialist shareholders would no longer view adopting the technology as actually reducing the externality. Their additional assumption of fixed capacity constraints might avoid this problem to some extent, but that represents still another example of how, in our view, BHZ relies on very strong assumptions.

Perhaps the best evidence for evaluating the predictions of BHZ is from shareholder voting on a major class of operational decisions on which shareholders currently are given a binding vote: mergers. Corporate mergers implicate both investors’ investment returns as well as a range of social concerns, including those stemming from increased market power and with respect to the effect of the merger on various classes of firm stakeholders, such as employees and creditors. The model of BHZ predicts that investor voting on mergers would be based not on their own investment returns but rather on such social issues. In short, shareholders would vote for mergers only to the extent they improved social welfare and against mergers that impaired social welfare, regardless of the financial return shareholders could expect from the merger. It is, of course, a claim that calls into question the need for any oversight of mergers on public policy grounds (for example, through antitrust review) as this work would be accomplished through the shareholder vote.

Not surprisingly, this prediction is belied by the evidence: the main concern among shareholders in controversial merger votes is, to our knowledge, never about market power or the effects on other corporate constituencies but rather about the deal price. As an example, consider Michael Dell’s 2013 leveraged buyout of Dell, Inc. When originally proposed, the deal—like many management buyouts—attracted substantial shareholder opposition based on the concern that shareholders were being offered too low of a price, leading Michael Dell to sweeten the deal by offering a special dividend to shareholders.202See David Benoit & Sharon Terlep, Dell Reaches New Deal with Founder, Wall St. J. (Aug. 2, 2013, 7:34 PM ET), https://www.wsj.com/articles/SB100014241278873246359045786434912332027
54 [https://perma.cc/BJ8F-8S5T].
Deal price is a purely distributive concern that implicates investors’ returns; if shareholders cared only about the social welfare effect of a merger, this distributive concern would be irrelevant. It is difficult to reconcile the centrality of concerns about deal price in shareholder voting about mergers—as opposed to concerns about market power or treatment of other corporate constituencies—and BHZ’s model of voting on operational decisions. In contrast, this outcome is consistent with our analysis in Section IV.A above that the overwhelming driver of shareholder welfare under the SSP view is firm value, not shareholders’ social preferences.

4.  The Benefits of Devolving Control to Stockholders

What then would be the benefits, in terms of improved corporate conduct, of devolving control to stockholders? In our view they would be negligible, for the same basic reasons we gave in evaluating the objective functions under SSP and PVM and their feasibility for corporate managers in Sections IV.A and IV.B. We will not recapitulate all of those arguments here, but in short, the predominant consideration that would drive shareholder voting on operational matters would be firm value, not broader social concerns or portfolio externalities. To the extent shareholders’ social preferences did factor into their voting on operational matters, they would entail a form of stated preferences based on the limited information available to shareholders about the full consequences of the vote on a firm’s operations. As such, they would not serve as a reliable guide to shareholders’ revealed preferences about social issues or to social welfare.

While it might be hoped that such a devolution would at least facilitate low-hanging-fruit improvements to corporate behavior—changes that would attract widespread agreement in society—such issues are those that are most likely to be addressed already by law and public policy. Putting operational matters to a shareholder vote involves deploying a type of political mechanism—what Roberto Tallarita refers to as “stockholder politics”—as an alternative to traditional politics.203Tallarita, supra note 190, at 1701. But by our lights, stockholder politics is likely to be much less protective of broader social interests than traditional politics since corporate stockholders are a subset of the broader polity and this subset of voters owns the claims to the corporate profits that would have to be sacrificed in service of those broader interests.

5.  The Costs of Devolving Control to Stockholders

While the social benefits from devolving control to stockholders would be negligible, the social costs would likely be significant. Those costs would come in three main forms. First, allowing shareholders to propose binding resolutions on corporate conduct would result in substantial distraction of management, which would inevitably be drawn into defending corporate policies against social activists pushing for reforms. As we have emphasized previously, managers have a finite amount of time and attention so that this distraction would result in worse corporate performance over time. Second, devolving control to shareholders risks changes to corporate policy that are likely to reduce the well-being of shareholders and the broader society. That is, one cannot be confident that all successful shareholder interventions would ultimately be in shareholder interests, given the many layers of intermediation between beneficial owners and the shares as well as the limited amount of information shareholders would inevitably have about the full costs and benefits of a proposed change in a firm’s operations in this decision-making environment.204Zohar Goshen and Richard Squire term the costs that occur when investors exercise control “principal costs,” a play on “agency costs.” Zohar Goshen & Richard Squire, Principal Costs: A New Theory for Corporate Law and Governance, 117 Colum. L. Rev. 767, 771 (2017). Similarly, Iman Anabtawi argues that giving shareholders more power over operational matters would distort corporate decisions due to the influence of large shareholders with interests that conflict with shareholders’ interests as a class. Iman Anabtawi, Some Skepticism About Increasing Shareholder Power, 53 UCLA L. Rev. 561, 561 (2006). Finally, as other scholars have noted, turning to shareholder voting in hopes of regulating the production of technological externalities comes with troubling political implications. These include the possibility of chilling the perceived need for systematic legislation and regulation,205See Bebchuk & Tallarita, supra note 2, at 168–73. the effective weighting of shareholders’ policy preferences by their wealth,206Marcel Kahan & Edward B. Rock, Corporate Governance Welfarism, 15 J. Legal Analysis 108, 123 (2023). and the vesting of de facto regulatory power in the hands of a few unelected asset managers given the prevailing distribution of voting power in corporate elections.207See Condon, supra note 85, at 8 (“Beyond a mere tallying of positive and negative economic outcomes, the role of investor as private regulator should raise concerns about the compatibility of concentrated corporate control with democratic society—concerns dating back at least as far back as Adolf Berle and Gardiner Means.”); Dorothy S. Lund, Asset Managers as Regulator, 171 U. Pa. L. Rev. 77, 77–78 (2023) (arguing that asset managers effectively supply regulation on matters pertaining to social and environmental matters and highlighting the lack of democratic accountability and government oversight for their policymaking).

V.  THE FUTURE OF CSR IS ESV

Shareholder governance holds significant promise for improving corporate social responsibility. But this promise does not stem from any innovation in our basic understanding of shareholders’ interests along the lines of shareholder welfarism. Indeed, we have argued that changing the corporate objective in the ways urged by shareholder welfarism would fail to meaningfully improve corporate conduct and might even do the opposite. Rather, the ongoing promise of shareholder governance for CSR stems from the prospect of further reductions in certain agency costs and information problems based on the traditional corporate objective, long-term shareholder value. We suspect that there remain opportunities for corporate management to reform firm policies in ways that both increase shareholder value and improve the firm’s social performance, perhaps by addressing the information and incentive problems of ESV we have discussed. But ESV is often misunderstood in the law-and-economics literature. In this final part we begin by addressing those misconceptions and clarifying what we believe to be the most useful understanding of ESV. We then briefly describe an episode at ExxonMobil that illustrates recent innovations in the use of ESV arguments by market actors and the potential promise that ESV holds for advocates of CSR. We conclude this part by identifying a set of key questions about ESV that we think form an important research agenda for the field.

A.  Clarifying ESV as a Concept

Despite its surging popularity in the business world, ESV has received little sustained analysis in legal scholarship. What attention it has received from legal scholars largely reflects one or both of two misconceptions about ESV that we seek to clarify here.

First, some shareholder primacy theorists misconceive ESV as an alternative to traditional shareholder value as a corporate objective.208See, e.g., Bebchuk et al., supra note 42, at 732; Lund, supra note 9, at 94 (contrasting the “traditional” shareholder wealth maximization standard with the “enlightened shareholder value standard”). Relatedly, some CSR-oriented scholars treat ESV as a form of stakeholderism that ultimately requires corporate actions that sacrifice shareholder wealth to further stakeholder interests. Virginia Harper Ho, “Enlightened Shareholder Value”: Corporate Governance Beyond the Shareholder-Stakeholder Divide, 36 J. Corp. L. 59, 98 (2010) (“[I]t is in the cases . . . where market forces pressure firms away from social responsibility–that the contrast between shareholder wealth maximization and enlightened shareholder value is clearest. These are cases where a course of action that maximizes profits imposes negative externalities on stakeholders . . . . If permitted by law, such decisions are fully compatible with a shareholder wealth maximization approach. Under an ESV decision rule, in contrast, the firm must assess the potential impact on stakeholders. If a course of action is optimal only when the costs to stakeholders are ignored, then it should not be taken or the firm must absorb the costs.”). This is not what we refer to as ESV in this Article. For example, in a recent paper Lucian Bebchuk, Kobi Kastiel, and Roberto Tallarita examine “the view that corporations should replace their traditional purpose of shareholder value maximization (SV) with a standard commonly referred to as ‘enlightened shareholder value’ (ESV).”209Bebchuk et al., supra note 42, at 732. After arguing that SV and ESV are operationally equivalent, they conclude that “replacing SV with ESV should not be expected to produce benefits for either shareholders or society.”210Id. at 3.

But their framing of ESV as an alternative corporate objective is, in our view, a category mistake. ESV is not an alternative corporate objective. The enlightenment that ESV calls for involves not an adjustment of the corporate objective itself but rather in how to seek it. ESV is best understood as a reform agenda targeting a particular class of agency costs and information problems that harm not only shareholders but also other corporate stakeholders. Just as one might usefully analyze problems with the design of executive compensation as a distinctive manifestation of and contributor to managerial agency costs,211See, e.g., Lucian Bebchuk & Jesse Fried, Pay Without Performance 4-5 (2004). ESV theory identifies a particular class of agency and information problems worthy of study that might point to their own set of interventions.

Why have law-and-economics scholars instead viewed ESV as advancing an alternative corporate objective? This framing of ESV might stem in part from the grammatical structure of the label: “enlightened” is an adjective, modifying “shareholder value.” Another reason—suggested by Bebchuk and coauthors212Bebchuk et al., supra note 42, at 736.—is that some jurisdictions have added explicit language to corporate statutes highlighting the importance of operating in a socially responsible manner to the achievement of shareholder value. For example, the United Kingdom Companies Act provides

A director of a company must act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its [shareholders] as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to— . . . 

(b) the interests of the company’s employees,

(c) the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others,

(d) the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment,

(e) the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct.213Companies Act 2006, c. 46, § 172(1) (UK).

But such a provision does not change the corporate objective from maximizing shareholder value. Rather, we suspect that the existence of stakeholderism as a competing conception of corporate purpose may explain the perceived need to add explicit language endorsing such CSR considerations in pursuing long-term shareholder value. After all, many people believe in stakeholderism, which is indeed a fundamentally different understanding of ends, and not just means, of the corporate form. This leads to several phenomena that might in turn justify explicit acknowledgement of ESV considerations in corporate law.

First, when good faith managers sacrifice short-term profits to act more responsibly in ways that further shareholder value, they might be accused of being stakeholderists! Explicit legal endorsement of ESV can reassure all involved that engaging in CSR is often required to further shareholder value. Second, one could interpret explicit ESV legal language as limiting rather than permissive; it can make clear to corporate managers that they should pursue CSR only to the extent that it furthers shareholder value. This is what the Delaware Supreme Court did in the Revlon case (“A board may have regard for various constituencies in discharging its responsibilities, provided there are rationally related benefits accruing to the stockholders.”).214Revlon, Inc. v. MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings, Inc., 506 A.2d 173, 182 (Del. 1986). Finally, stakeholderists often propagate a caricature of shareholder value theory in which fat-cat capitalists squeeze every last penny out of workers and customers, pollute the environment at will, and otherwise act in outrageous ways all in pursuit of immediate profit.215See, e.g., Lynn Stout, The Shareholder Value Myth: How Putting Shareholders First Harms Investors, Corporations, and the Public vi, 3, 7, 11 (2012) (“Conventional shareholder value thinking . . . . causes companies to indulge in reckless, sociopathic, and socially irresponsible behavior . . . . In the quest to ‘unlock shareholder value’ [directors and executives] sell key assets, fire loyal employees, and ruthlessly squeeze the workforce that remains.”). Legal endorsement of ESV helps combat that distorted view of shareholder primacy.

A second misconception about ESV is that it is useless because the behavior of all the key actors in the corporate system is determined by their incentives and so ESV ideas cannot improve it. One version of this critique focuses on the significant extent to which existing corporate governance institutions already provide substantial incentives for management to maximize shareholder value, including through practices that also further stakeholder interests, which raises the question of whether there remain any such opportunities not yet exploited. As Elhauge puts it, “Agitating for corporations to engage in responsible conduct that increases their profits is a lot like saying there are twenty-dollar bills lying on the sidewalk.”216Elhauge, supra note 41, at 744–45.

Quite the contrary. For one, the mechanisms posited by ESV often involve substantial uncertainty as to how best to maximize long-term shareholder value.217Edmans, supra note 43, at 60. That uncertainty is in part a function of the long time horizon over which the firm will receive the ultimate financial benefits of socially responsible conduct. In contrast, the financial costs of such practices are typically both immediate and certain. As a result, there is no reason to think that all such positive NPV investments in social responsibility will be exploited. In many cases, firm managers will simply make mistakes in striking these uncertain intertemporal trade-offs. These mistakes, moreover, might be systematically biased toward social irresponsibility, given the asymmetry that poses certain, immediate costs against uncertain, future benefits of more responsible conduct.218To be clear, the existence of such a systematic bias is not self-evident, nor is it fundamental to our argument. All that is necessary to make ESV of interest is that there exist unrealized opportunities to reform corporate policy in ways that further both shareholder interests and CSR, not that there are more such cases than there are cases in which corporations engage in excessive CSR from a shareholder value perspective. More fundamentally, management might face conflicts of interest that produce agency costs in the form of inefficiently irresponsible corporate conduct.219Note that this can be the case even when there are other conflicts of interest that might result in management sometimes acting excessively responsibly from a shareholder value perspective. ESV as we define it focuses on eliminating inefficient corporate irresponsibility. One could imagine another reform agenda that focuses on eliminating inefficient corporate responsibility, which we might term “anti-stakeholderism.” In principle these two reform agendas need not be in conflict with one another. As we have explained, the ESV approach is best understood as largely involving concern about a genus of agency costs in the short-termism family.220See infra Section IV.B.1. The key conceptual challenge for ESV theory is thus not how to explain all the cash on the sidewalk but rather to identify governance reforms or other interventions that might realistically reduce these agency costs and produce more cash.

In that vein, a second version of this critique of ESV takes a glass-half-empty perspective on management incentives. For example, Bebchuk and his coauthors argue that, to the extent that managers fail to engage in shareholder-value-maximizing CSR due to incentive problems that lead to short-termism, ESV offers no way out. As they put it: “[A]s long as corporate leaders have short-term incentives, pontificating to them about the importance of taking into account long-term effects, either in general or with respect to stakeholders in particular, would not address short-termism problems.”221Bebchuk et al., supra note 42, at 748.

Their claim exemplifies what economists have termed the “determinacy paradox.”222Brendan O’Flaherty & Jagdish Bhagwati, Will Free Trade with Political Science Put Normative Economists Out of Work?, 9 Econ. & Pol. 207, 208 (1997). This problem arises when an analyst has a positive model of the actors in a system that generates predictions about how those actors will behave, but then nonetheless engages in normative arguments about how those actors should behave.223Id. at 208. If the analyst believes that the actors’ behavior is pinned down by the positive model, what exactly is the point of the normative arguments? That is the logical structure of Bebchuk and his coauthors’ critique, and it does indeed pose an important challenge for ESV theory.

But note that, as a preliminary matter, this basic challenge for ESV theory is shared by all normative arguments in corporate law scholarship. Economic analysis of corporate law relies on a rich set of positive models that explain the behavior of key actors in the system—officers, directors, shareholders, and the like. But in addition to all of their positive theorizing, corporate law scholars have a decidedly reformist bent. After diagnosing some set of pathologies in the corporate system, generally with the aid of a positive model, the typical scholarly article about corporate law then turns to reform proposals that aim to remedy the problem.224See, e.g., Lucian A. Bebchuk, The Case for Facilitating Competing Tender Offers, 95 Harv. L. Rev. 1028, 1030 (1982) (“[F]acilitating competing tender offers is desirable both to targets’ shareholders and to society.”); Lucian Arye Bebchuk, The Case for Increasing Shareholder Power, 118 Harv. L. Rev. 833, 837–38 (2005) (“Part III presents the case for giving shareholders the power not only to elect and replace directors, but also to initiate and adopt rules-of-the-game decisions to amend the corporate charter or to reincorporate in another jurisdiction . . . . [It] also provides empirical evidence of management’s ability to avoid rules-of-the-game changes that are viewed as value-enhancing by a majority of shareholders.”). But if all of the relevant decisionmakers’ behavior is pinned down by incentives, what is the point of this pontificating? If the positive model is right, then why would managers or directors, for example, care about the analyst’s normative arguments? This is a challenge even for normative arguments about what the law should be, since positive models in corporate law scholarship purport to explain even the content of corporate law itself, for example as the inevitable outcome of state competition for charters.225See, e.g., Roberta Romano, The State Competition Debate in Corporate Law, 8 Cardozo L. Rev. 709, 712–25 (1987) (reviewing positive models of state corporate law based on competition for corporate charters). The generality of this analytic challenge for normative arguments in corporate law scholarship has not previously been recognized.226In contrast this challenge has been discussed extensively in public law scholarship. See, e.g., Eric A. Posner & Adrian Vermeule, Inside or Outside the System?, 80 U. Chi. L. Rev. 1743, 1749 (2013) (arguing that public law scholarship commonly suffers from the determinacy paradox insofar that it combines “pessimism about diagnoses with unexplained optimism about solutions”).

Are all normative arguments about corporate governance hopeless then? Thankfully, no. The way out of the paradox is to identify some set of actors that might ultimately be persuaded by the normative argument. The ability to persuade an actor in turn typically requires that the actor have both something to learn and incentives that align to some degree with the recommendation.227O’Flaherty & Bhagwati, supra note 222, at 215. Rather than leading to normative nihilism, the determinacy paradox should instead discipline us as corporate law scholars to be more explicit about the audiences we have in mind for our normative arguments and to explain why—despite our rich positive models—those arguments command attention. We need an unmoved mover in the system who might be open to the normative argument in order for it to make a practical difference.

Two key audiences who often play that role in corporate law scholarship, more or less explicitly, are institutional investors and government officials. To give one illustrative example, consider Lucian Bebchuk and Jesse Fried’s incisive book on executive pay.228Bebchuk & Fried, supra note 211. They argue that a range of common practices in executive pay stem from, and contribute to, managerial agency costs.229Id. at 45–95. For this analysis to deliver a practically useful normative payoff, however, requires there to be an audience for their arguments that might be influenced in such a way that the design of executive compensation improves. The authors argue in part that “[t]his is an area in which the very recognition of problems may help alleviate them,” asserting that “[m]anagers’ ability to influence pay structures depends on the extent to which the resulting distortions are not too apparent to market participants—especially institutional investors.”230Id. at 12. But they also advocate policy changes that would shift power from boards to shareholders, arguing that

[f]or there to be changes in the allocation of power between management and shareholders, investors’ demand for them must be sufficient to outweigh management’s considerable ability to block reforms that chip away at its power and private benefits. This can happen only if investors and policymakers recognize the substantial costs that current arrangements impose—as well as the extent to which solving existing problems requires addressing the basic problem of board unaccountability. We hope that this book will contribute to such recognition.231Id. at 216. But at times the authors leave the identity of the policymaker being appealed to unspecified. See id. at 213. For example, after pointing out that “states seeking to attract incorporating and reincorporating firms have had incentives to give substantial weight to management preferences, even at the expense of shareholder interests,” the authors write,

Giving shareholders the power to initiate and approve by vote a proposal to reincorporate or to adopt a charter amendment could produce, in one bold stroke, a substantial improvement in the quality of corporate governance. Shareholder power to change governance arrangements would reduce the need for intervention from outside the firm by regulators, exchanges, or legislators.

Id. But the identity of the policymaker who they hope will do the “giving” is left unspecified. See id.

The determinacy paradox strikes us as easier to surmount for normative arguments in ESV theory than it typically is in corporate governance theory more generally. After all, ESV theory, by definition, pushes for reforms that are in the interests of both shareholders and other stakeholders so that multiple classes of actors in the system have interests that are to some degree aligned with the reform to corporate practice being urged and might therefore play a role in helping to bring it about.

Normative ESV arguments by academics, for example, might usefully target a range of audiences in the corporate system. Consider Alex Edmans’s 2020 book, Grow the Pie, which seems primarily aimed at teaching managers how focusing on the social value created by the firm is a surer path to shareholder value creation than seeking shareholder value directly.232Edmans, supra note 43, at 23–37. The book provides a lucid account of the relevant empirical literature on these issues that we suspect has important lessons for managers and independent directors. Institutional investors might also benefit from his analysis and be persuaded to adjust their approach to using ESG factors in their investment process. This could well be an area in which clearer recognition of the agency cost problems that deter managers from considering social value may help alleviate them, as Bebchuk and Fried assert about executive compensation.233Bebchuk & Fried, supra note 211, at 12. And to the extent that failures to exploit all opportunities to engage in CSR in ways that benefit stockholders stem from mistakes due to limited information, the potential for ESV arguments to make a difference is even more straightforward.

In sum, the Panglossian argument that nobody could possibly have a useful new idea along the lines of ESV because if it were incentive compatible to adopt a practice that improved CSR in ways that benefit shareholders, corporations would already be doing it, proves too much. As well, as a positive matter, the increase in the use by various actors in the corporate system of normative arguments about corporate practices that sound in ESV terms is by our lights a phenomenon worth studying rather than simply dismissing. Consider, for example, the ESV argument advanced by Blackrock’s Larry Fink in his 2022 Letter to CEOs: “In today’s globally interconnected world, a company must create value for and be valued by its full range of stakeholders in order to deliver long-term value for its shareholders.”234Fink, supra note 101. The audiences for this argument include independent directors, managers, and other investors.

More concretely, the 2021 activist intervention at ExxonMobil by the hedge fund Engine No. 1 similarly illustrates the potential promise ESV holds for CSR. In the spring of 2021, Engine No. 1 initiated a proxy fight based on a platform that was heavily critical of the Exxon’s failure to grapple with the reality of a rapidly decarbonizing world.235For the history of Engine No. 1’s proxy fight, see Jessica Camille Aguirre, The Little Hedge Fund Taking Down Big Oil, N.Y. Times Mag. (June 23, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/
06/23/magazine/exxon-mobil-engine-no-1-board.html [https://perma.cc/5N2J-CBFD]. From the start, Engine No. 1 emphasized the central importance of climate change and decarbonization for the campaign. As it stated in its opening salvo to Exxon, “It is clear . . . that the industry and the world it operates in are changing and that ExxonMobil must change as well.” Engine No. 1 LLC, Letter to the Board of Directors, Reenergize Exxon (Dec. 7, 2020), https://reenergizexom.com/materials/letter-to-the-board-of-directors [https://perma.cc/6R2G-32HP].
Critically, however, its central argument was that management’s failure to cut back on investment in oil production was bad for business, not just bad for the earth.236Exxon Mobil Corp., supra note 235. As the fund emphasized when it launched its campaign, the company’s total shareholder return over the past ten years had been -20%, compared to 277% for the S&P 500, and it also trailed its industry peers. Id. In its investor presentation, Engine No. 1 argued that the stock’s lackluster performance reflected a fundamental failure at the company to adjust its business strategy to account for long-term demand uncertainty for oil and gas. In particular, Exxon’s long-term business planning “centered narrowly on projections of oil and gas demand growth for decades,” see Exxon Mobil Corp., Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) 21 (Mar. 15, 2021), leading it to pursue “aggressive capital expenditure plans to chase production growth” that have left “ExxonMobil far more exposed than peers to demand declines,” id. at 9. Additionally, Engine No.1 emphasized that the company’s “refusal to accept that fossil fuel demand may decline in decades to come has led to a failure to take even initial steps towards evolution.” Id. at 6. In this regard, Engine No. 1 excoriated the company for its “total reliance on [the] hope of carbon capture to preserve [its] business model,” id. at 21, which had caused the firm to lack any “credible plan to protect value in an energy transition,” id. at 14. This failure to grapple with transition risk was in contrast to its peers who “have shown it is possible to begin gradually diversifying – and embracing long-term total emissions reduction targets – while maintaining focus on core business profitability.” Id. at 27. However, with a stake amounting to a mere 0.02% of Exxon’s shares outstanding,237Matt Phillips, Exxon’s Board Defeat Signals the Rise of Social-Good Activists, N.Y. Times (June 9, 2021), https://www.nytimes.com/2021/06/09/business/exxon-mobil-engine-no1-activist.html [https://perma.cc/XM32-J3YY]. Engine No. 1 had to win the votes of other institutional investors in order to succeed. In this regard, it reflected precisely the type of challenge faced by proponents of ESV ideas: namely, how could it convince other investors that Exxon was somehow failing to see how its existing policies were destroying long-term shareholder value? Consistent with our analysis of the limits of ESV, the answer was through highlighting a lack of information238For instance, Engine No. 1 argued that the “[b]oard of ExxonMobil will be addressing the most important questions facing the energy industry for years to come,” Exxon Mobil Corp., supra note 235, at 73, but stunningly, not one of ExxonMobil’s independent directors had any prior energy industry experience, id. at 19 (“Prior to our campaign, ExxonMobil’s Board had no independent directors with [prior] energy experience.”). It was for this reason that Engine No. 1 advanced a director slate that could provide the expertise that it believed the “[b]oard has been missing – directors with diverse yet highly relevant backgrounds who have successfully tackled energy industry challenges and bring decades of experience in conventional and alternative forms of energy to help best position ExxonMobil for greater long-term value creation.” Id. at 73; see also FAQs, Reenergize Exxon https://reenergizexom.com/faqs [https://perma.cc/3SW5-FS9T] (“The four highly qualified, independent individuals we have identified can bring to the ExxonMobil Board much-needed experience in value-creating, transformational change in the energy sector.”). and a lack of incentives239For instance, Engine No. 1 criticized the company’s compensation plans for creating “misaligned incentives.” Exxon Mobile Corp., supra note 235, at 57. It also emphasized the inverse relationship between management compensation and stock performance, arguing that the “[d]isconnect results in part from compensation plans that can reward volumes over sustainable value.” Id. at 59. In contrast to its peers, Engine No. 1 noted that ExxonMobil provided little disclosure regarding how managers were held accountable for cost overruns. Id. Nor did the company follow its peers in utilizing a management scorecard with “well defined weights for metrics and targets” that were tied to energy transition risk. Id. at 60; see also id. at 70 (providing examples of “many peer compensation metrics [that] have evolved to incentivize management to create value by looking at the energy transition as an opportunity”). Instead, the company often resorted to “ad hoc” changes to its compensation plans to encourage investment. Id. at 60. As a result, Engine No. 1 argued, “In the same way that ExxonMobil’s changes to incentive plans to reward production led to a focus on growth even as returns declined, we believe the lack of material energy transition metrics could discourage a focus on the future.” Id. at 70. among Exxon’s management. In the end, its message resonated with a critical audience of institutional investors,240Phillips, supra note 237 (“The tiny firm wouldn’t have had a chance were it not for an unusual twist: the support of some of Exxon’s biggest institutional investors.”). Many of these investors expressly acknowledged the ESV-oriented arguments advanced by Engine No. 1. For instance, in statements explaining their support for the dissident board candidates, institutional investors concurred with Engine No. 1’s critique of the company’s performance, particularly its approach to capital allocation, and its “long-term financial underperformance” relative to its industry peers. Cal. Pub. Emp.’s Ret. Sys., SEC Shareowner Alert – Notice of Exempt Solicitation (Form PX14A6G) 1 (May 10, 2021); State St. Glob. Advisors, 2021 Proxy Contest: Exxon Mobil Corporation (XOM) 1 (2021). Investors also expressed concern about the “board dynamics” highlighted by Engine No. 1, particularly its lack of information, with Vanguard highlighting “concerns about the lack of energy sector expertise in its boardroom,” Vanguard Grp., Inc., Voting Insights: A Proxy Contest and Shareholder Proposals Related to Material Risk Oversight at ExxonMobil 2 (2021), https://corporate.
vanguard.com/content/dam/corp/advocate/investment-stewardship/pdf/perspectives-and-commentary/
Exxon_1663547_052021.pdf [https://perma.cc/JH6Z-5DLT], and BlackRock stating the board would benefit from “the addition of diverse energy experience,” BlackRock, Vote Bulletin: ExxonMobil Corporation 4 (2021), https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/literature/press-release/blk-vote-bulletin-exxon-may-2021.pdf [https://perma.cc/DRT4-VPA5]. The incentives argument was also referenced, though not as explicitly as in Engine No. 1’s critique, with Vanguard alluding to “questions about board independence” that it had raised with Exxon for a number of years. Vanguard Grp., Inc., supra, at 2. Several investors also commented on Exxon’s failure to plan adequately for the energy transition and the long-term value of Exxon. For example, in its statement, BlackRock noted that “Exxon and its Board need to further assess the company’s strategy and board expertise against the possibility that demand for fossil fuels may decline rapidly in the coming decades,” adding that the company’s “current reluctance to do so presents a corporate governance issue that has the potential to undermine the company’s long-term financial sustainability.” BlackRock, supra, at 3. Likewise, Vanguard explained that it grounded its “assessment on how any changes to the board’s composition would affect [Exxon’s] ability to oversee risk and strategy and ultimately lead to outcomes in the best interest of long-term shareholders.” Vanguard Grp., Inc., supra, at 2.
allowing Engine No. 1 to win a contested director election to place three new directors on the board of ExxonMobil.

To be clear, we are not arguing that Engine No. 1 was correct in its critique of Exxon’s management on shareholder value grounds. Exxon’s management heavily disputed that claim, and we remain agnostic. Our claim instead is that the intervention was framed in ESV terms, and the key deciders—large institutional investors—appear to have evaluated Engine No. 1’s candidates based on shareholder value considerations.

B.  A Research Agenda for ESV

We conclude by briefly outlining a set of research questions about ESV that we think would shed light on the ultimate scope for further improvements to CSR through ESV-motivated reforms and that we hope future scholarship will address.

First, how big is the gap between perfect ESV behavior (that is, fully realizing all opportunities to further stakeholder interests that also benefit shareholders) and actual corporate behavior with respect to various social issues? In some areas it may be that calls for reforms to corporate practices, even though ostensibly based on ESV considerations, are actually better understood as stakeholderist in nature. It may be that public policy is a better tool for responding to those cases than appeals for CSR. But in other areas there may be substantial scope for further improvements to corporate practice on ESV grounds.

Second, what are the main reasons that corporations fail to realize ESV opportunities? Investigating past episodes of reform to corporate conduct might reveal the extent to which such failures stem from lack of information versus incentive conflicts. For example, has recent empirical research documenting the firm value generated by treating workers well241See Edmans, Does the Stock Market Fully Vale Intangibles?, supra note 62, at 623; Edmans, The Link Between Job Satisfaction and Firm Value, supra note 62, at 9–11. led to the spread of such practices in the corporate world? Diagnosing the underlying causes of failure to engage in CSR in ways that benefit shareholders might in turn provide insights into how to intervene in the system to improve corporate performance.

Third, and relatedly, what are the contours of the ESV reform agenda with regard to interventions and corporate governance reforms that might improve CSR in ways that further shareholders’ interests? For example, to what extent do governance reforms intended to encourage longer time horizons in management decision-making affect CSR behavior? How can executive compensation arrangements advance ESV considerations? Do popular ESV-oriented interventions—such as enhanced climate disclosures, creating board risk oversight or “sustainability” committees,242Lynn S. Paine, Sustainability in the Boardroom, Harv. Bus. Rev., July–Aug. 2014, at 88; Lisa M. Fairfax, Board Committee Charters and ESG Accountability, 12 Harv. Bus. L. Rev. 371, 386–95 (2022). and appointing independent directors with broader experiences—actually affect CSR decision-making?

Fourth, who exactly are the key actors who might be persuaded by ESV arguments for reform to corporate practices? To what extent are managers, independent directors, and institutional investors persuadable on different ESV issues to act to further such reforms?

CONCLUSION

At the turn of the twenty-first century, leading commentators announced an “end of history for corporate law,” declaring that “[t]here is no longer any serious competitor to the view that corporate law should principally strive to increase long-term shareholder value.”243Henry Hansmann & Reinier Kraakman, The End of History for Corporate Law, 89 Geo. L.J. 439, 439 (2000). Yet the two decades since have witnessed continued developments in corporate law theory and practice that seek to find new pathways for generating more socially responsible corporate behavior. These include new shareholder-centric perspectives that go beyond shareholder value and focus managers instead on more holistic conceptions of shareholder welfare. And even within the traditional paradigm of shareholder wealth maximization, promising innovations abound, including in ways that might improve broader social outcomes. All of these developments suggest to us that the history of corporate law has not yet been fully written, and in this Article, we have tried to assess aspects of this latest chapter. Despite the seeming appeal of conceptualizing shareholder interests in broader terms, on closer examination shareholder welfarism offers little hope for improved corporate conduct. Rather, for those seeking to promote corporate social responsibility, the way forward is through a more thoroughgoing, dare we say enlightened, pursuit of shareholder value.

97 S. Cal. L. Rev. 417

Download

* W.A. Franke Professor of Law and Business, Stanford Law School.

† Robert B. McKay Professor of Law, New York University School of Law. For helpful comments and discussions, we are grateful to Emiliano Catan, John Donohue, Alex Edmans, Jill Fisch, Stavros Gadinis, Jeff Gordon, Oliver Hart, Marcel Kahan, Louis Kaplow, Lewis Kornhauser, Zach Liscow, Dorothy Lund, Veronica Martinez, Curtis Milhaupt, Michael Ohlrogge, Frank Partnoy, Elizabeth Pollman, Ed Rock, Roberta Romano, Holger Spamann, Michael Simkovic, Jeff Strnad, Anne Tucker, Luigi Zingales, Jonathon Zytnick, and seminar participants at Columbia Law School, Cornell Law School, Duke University School of Law, Fordham University School of Law, Georgetown University Law Center, Harvard Law School, Hebrew University, NYU School of Law, Stanford Law School, University of Michigan Law School, USC Gould School of Law, the UC Berkeley/Duke Organizations and Social Impact Conference, and the Corporate Law Academic Workshop Series. Ginger Hervey provided outstanding research assistance.

The Meme Stock Frenzy: Origins and Implications

In 2021, several publicly traded companies, such as GameStop, Bed Bath & Beyond, and AMC, became “meme stocks,” experiencing a sharp rise in their stock prices through a dramatic influx of retail investors into their shareholder base. Analyses of the meme stock surge and its implications for corporate governance have focused on the idiosyncratic creation of online communities around particular stocks during the COVID-19 pandemic. In this Article, we argue that the emergence of meme stocks is part of longer-running and more structural digital transformations in trading, investing, and governance. On the trading front, the abolition of commissions by major online brokerages in 2019 reduced entry (and exit) costs for retail investors. Zero-commission trading represents a modification of the payment for order flow (“PFOF”) system, which is itself a product of technological disruptions in the financial markets in the 1980s. With respect to investing, the emergence of social media communication amplified retail investors’ pre-existing dependence on social networks to make decisions regarding stock investing and portfolio construction. It also allowed them to coordinate their investing activities and affect the market price while expressing their non-financial interests. These structural changes imply that meme trading is here to stay. While some startups have attempted to bring the shareholder experience into the digital age and help retail investors participate in governance, these developments have been relatively modest. After tracing the meme stock phenomenon, we sketch a research agenda for law and finance scholars to explore the concrete effects of meme investing on corporate governance. First, we ask whether retail traders can transform into retail shareholders actively engaged in corporate governance. Second, we propose a broader metric for “meme-ness”: future scholarship can use modern advances in data science to better identify which companies are vulnerable to meme surges and social media-driven investing unrelated to their financial fundamentals.

INTRODUCTION

In the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. stock market experienced a rather unusual phenomenon. Several publicly traded companies, such as GameStop, Bed Bath & Beyond, and AMC, became “meme stocks” and experienced a dramatic influx of retail investors into their shareholder base.1See Maggie Fitzgerald, Bed Bath & Beyond, AMC Rally with GameStop as Little Investors Squeeze Hedge Funds in More Stocks, CNBC.com (Jan. 25, 2021), https://www.cnbc.com/2021/01/25/
bed-bath-beyond-amc-rally-wjoin-gamestop-in-rally-as-trend-of-retail-investors-squeezing-hedge-funds -spreads.html [https://perma.cc/EVX9-52FA].
A large number of retail investors responded to and engaged in a coordinated buying campaign, and over a short period of time, the stock prices surged to stratospheric levels.2See id. Some of those companies, notably AMC and GameStop, took advantage of the surge and were able to raise a large amount of capital at elevated stock prices, thereby substantially improving their liquidity and solvency positions.3See infra Section II.B. While the stocks are no longer trading at such historic highs, prices are still (much) higher than the pre-surge levels, and many retail shareholders are staying “loyal” to the companies.4See, e.g., Myles Udland, Bed Bath & Beyond, GameStop, AMC All Surge as Meme Stock Mania Makes a Comeback, Yahoo! Finance (Aug. 8, 2022), https://finance.yahoo.com/news/meme-stock-mania-august-8-2022-143753607.html [https://perma.cc/Zy4P-MTXQ].

The “meme surge” phenomenon, particularly the dramatic shift in shareholder base away from institutional ownership, presents a unique opportunity for analysts and scholars to (re)evaluate the current understanding of corporate finance and governance. To date, the observers of the meme stock surge and its implications for corporate governance have mostly focused on the idiosyncratic creation of online communities around individual stocks during the COVID-19 pandemic.5See, e.g., Brett Holzhauer, It’s Been Two Years Since the Meme Stock Was Born. Here’s What We’ve Learned., M1 Blog (Mar. 14, 2023), https://m1.com/blog/two-years-since-the-meme-stock-was-born [https://perma.cc/7RUR-JQQG] (“Many everyday Americans, flush with Covid stimulus cash and quarantine-induced boredom, opened up their investment apps and, one tap at a time, banded together to nearly take down hedge funds.”). The goal of this Article is to take a broader and longer-term view of the technological developments undergirding the meme surge. In so doing, we also sketch out a research agenda for scholars studying this topic.

We argue, in particular, that the emergence of meme stocks is part of longer-running and more systemic digital transformations in trading, investing, and governance.6See infra Part I. On the trading front, major online brokerages suddenly abolished commissions in 2019. This change echoed the business model of the popular retail trading app Robinhood, which had been growing its market share by not charging trading commissions. The abolition of commissions reduced (or eliminated) entry (and exit) costs and thereby encouraged greater retail investor participation in the stock market.7See infra Section I.A. Incidentally, zero-commission trading represents a modification of the payment for order flow (“PFOF”) system, which is itself a product of technological disruptions in the financial markets from the 1980s.8See infra Section I.A. With respect to investing, the growth of social media communication amplified retail investors’ pre-existing dependence on social networks to make decisions regarding stock investing and portfolio construction.9See infra Section I.B. These structural changes imply that the stock market is likely to experience meme trading and meme surges on an ongoing basis. Finally, while some startups have attempted to bring the shareholder experience into the digital age and help retail investors participate in governance, so far, these developments have been relatively modest.10See infra Section I.C.

After examining the background technological developments—that we believe meaningfully contributed to the meme surge phenomenon—we sketch a research agenda for law and finance scholars to explore the concrete effects of meme investing on corporate governance outcomes. First, we ask whether retail traders can transform into retail shareholders actively engaged in corporate governance. Was the meme surge experience a social phenomenon limited to trading markets, or could it translate into a broader signal of engagement by retail shareholders? Some legal scholars have predicted that we will see more active retail shareholder engagement in governance issues, in terms of either traditional (bringing, or voting on, proposals) or contemporary (environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) performance) dimensions.11See generally infra Section II.D (describing the literature on the potentially transformative impact of meme trading). At least in theory, one could argue that those retail investors who remain as shareholders after the surge would care about firm governance and performance and more actively exercise their rights as shareholders. While the jury is still out on the longer-term effect of meme-driven market entrants, to the extent that the meme surge event was driven mostly by coordinated trading rather than coordinated voting, it remains uncertain whether such an explosion of “retail governance” would, in fact, occur. Second, another puzzle presented by the meme surge was why some companies experienced the retail investor influx while other (similarly situated) companies did not. To address this puzzle, we explore a broader metric for “meme-ness,” and suggest that future scholarship should use modern advances in data science to better identify which companies are vulnerable to meme surges and social media-driven investing unrelated to their financial fundamentals.12See infra Section IV.B.

The Article is organized as follows. In Part I, we take a historical approach to sketch out the emergence and popularization of zero-commission trading by tying it back to the adoption of the PFOF protocol in the 1980s, under which broker-dealers get “rebates” from wholesalers (or “internalizers”) for delivering orders from their clients. In many ways, the elimination of trading commission for the retail shareholders, leaving broker-dealers to rely solely on PFOFs, was a logical evolutionary step from the PFOF system of the 1980s. In Part II, we take a closer look at the meme surge phenomenon, tying together several different factors: zero-commission trading, coordination through social media, and predatory trading. We also briefly discuss the implications of meme trading for securities regulation and consider the recent arguments about the shift towards retail shareholder base and possible democratization of corporate governance. Part III lays out a future research agenda, both with respect to coordinated voting and governance engagement and identification of meme stocks.

I.  DIGITAL TRANSFORMATIONS IN TRADING, INVESTING, AND GOVERNANCE

A.  Digital Transformation in Trading—Payment for Order Flow, 1980s and 2010s

In important ways, the meme stock revolution can be traced back to an unlikely digital transformation: Bernie Madoff’s promotion of the PFOF system in the 1980s. In 1983, following a congressional mandate, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) required stock exchanges, like the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), to publicly broadcast trading data in real time. This development marked a step toward bona fide “democratization” of investing: the market-making process of matching buy and sell orders on the NYSE was no longer restricted to its own specialists. Using the NYSE’s broadcasted quotes, market-makers in other venues, such as Madoff’s firm in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“Nasdaq”), could execute trades on the NYSE at the best prices.13See Robert H. Battalio & Tim Loughran, Does Payment For Order Flow To Your Broker Help Or Hurt You?, 80 J. Bus. Ethics 37, 37 (2008); see also Kevin Travers, Payment for Order Flow: Bernie Madoff’s Golden Goose, FinTech Nexus (Oct. 4, 2021), https://news.fintechnexus.com/payment-for-order-flow-bernie-madoffs-golden-goose [https://perma.cc/NMG9-JTGE]; Allen Ferrell, A Proposal for Solving the “Payment for Order Flow” Problem, 74 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1027, 1028 (2001) (arguing that payment for order flow creates an inefficient nonprice competition between securities markets and permitting brokers to credit investors’ orders with the national best bid or offer, regardless of price improvement, will ensure efficient allocation of orders).

PFOF is a conceptually straightforward system. A brokerage agrees to send its clients’ orders to another firm, often an internalizer or a wholesaler—such as Citadel and KCG Americas—which is a trading venue that matches buy orders with sell orders, in return for a small fee per transaction. After executing the order, the trading venue returns the payoff to the broker, which in turn transmits it to the client.14See Nick Burgess, The World of Payment for Order Flow (Dec. 13, 2022), https://www.
makingamillennialmillionaire.com/post/the-world-of-payment-for-order-flow [https://perma.cc/JK6Y-3P8Y]; see also Robert Battalio, Shane A. Corwin & Robert Jennings, Can Brokers Have It All? On the Relation between Make-Take Fees and Limit Order Execution Quality, 71 J. Fin. 2193, 2215 (2016) (empirically documenting the negative correlation between the quality of the order execution and the amount of rebates in the pay for order flow system). See generally Merritt B. Fox, Lawrence R. Glosten & Gabriel V. Rauterberg, The New Stock Market: Sense and Nonsense, 65 Duke L.J. 191 (2015) (discussing various current issues in the securities markets, including the payment for order flow system, among others, and arguing that the rebates should be credited to the investors).
Note that the broker is making money in two ways: from the transaction fee it collects from its client and from the trading venue. While the per-transaction fees paid by the trading venues under the PFOF system is a fraction of a dollar, the aggregate revenue accrued by brokers across thousands or millions of daily transactions can be economically significant. The trading venue, on the other hand, profits off the bid-ask spread and is guaranteed a higher volume of transactions because of its contractual arrangements with brokers.15See Battalio & Loughran, supra note 13, at 38–39. There is an important debate as to whether the PFOF arrangements are detrimental to the investors. Battalio & Loughran, for instance, demonstrates that as the amount of rebate gets higher the execution quality of the orders gets worse. See Battalio et al., supra note 14, at 2231. Madoff’s investment firm pioneered PFOF and acted as a trading venue in the 1980s, paying brokers one cent per share transmitted.16See Burgess, supra note 14 (“The market maker, in return for this exclusivity, pays the brokerage fractions of a cent for each share they buy or sell.”); see also Battalio & Loughran, supra note 13, at 38 (describing how Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities (Madoff) offered to pay brokers $0.01 per share to execute retail market). This was a significant departure from the pre-PFOF system, in which the NYSE charged brokers between one and three cents to execute orders.17See Battalio & Loughran, supra note 13, at 38.

From its beginnings in the 1980s, the PFOF ecosystem has revolved around the retail investor. Notably, Madoff would only perform market-making activities for orders of 5,000 or fewer shares18See id.—on the understanding that these were uninformed retail investors who needed liquidity rather than informed professional traders who had superior information about the “true” value of the stock. Moreover, Madoff would avoid brokerages where a high share of traders was informed in order to avoid the economic phenomenon of “adverse selection.”19See id. at 39. Adverse selection is a widely-studied phenomenon wherein actors participate in economic activity because they possess “hidden knowledge.”20See generally Bruce C. Greenwald, Adverse Selection in the Labour Market, 53 Rev. Econ. Stud. 325 (1986) (explaining the concept of adverse selection with an application to the labor market). Applied to the PFOF context, a trading venue’s (such as Citadel) expected returns decrease if the investors on the other side are informed about the true value of the stock.21Some of the losses associated with adverse selection can be stemmed using the bid-ask spread. See Battalio & Loughran, supra note 13, at 39. Therefore, PFOF’s origins are inextricably linked to the notion that retail investors are relatively uninformed or unsophisticated, and primarily driven by liquidity concerns.

At a basic level, meme trading is a consequence of the classic PFOF model on steroids. In the mid-2010s, Robinhood pioneered the zero-commission model, charging users no commissions for placing trade orders.22See, e.g., Josh Constine, Robinhood App Will Offer Zero-Commission Stock Trades Thanks to $3M Seed from Index and A16Z, TechCrunch (Dec. 18, 2013, 6:00 AM), https://techcrunch.com/
2013/12/18/zero-commission-stock-trading-robinhood [https://perma.cc/3VPS-UTVA].
This zero-commission model was the driving force behind Robinhood’s emergence as the app of choice for young retail investors, who could now access the markets costlessly.23See Paul R. La Monica, E-Trade Cuts Commissions to Zero Along with Rest of Brokerage Industry, CNN (Oct. 3, 2019), https://www.cnn.com/2019/10/02/investing/etrade-zero-commissions [https://perma.cc/2792-5GFK]. While the broker in the classic PFOF model was making money from two channels (first, the commission from the client, and second, the payment from the market-maker), Robinhood’s disruptive business model now focused exclusively on raising revenue through the market-maker’s payments for order flow. Robinhood’s hope was that the abolition of commissions would raise volumes from retail investors enough to compensate for revenues now solely depending on payments from its market-maker, Citadel.24See John Detrixhe, How Ponzi Mastermind Bernie Madoff Enabled the US Retail Trading Boom, Quartz (Aug. 30, 2020), https://qz.com/1894874/how-bernie-madoff-enabled-the-us-retail-trading-boom [https://perma.cc/P3PQ-CYPF] (explaining Madoff’s role in introducing the concept of PFOF, and Robinhood’s modification of his business model); see also Battalio & Loughran, supra note 13, at 41 (describing how PFOF generates profits).

Robinhood was a maverick—the new entrant whose unique business model allowed it to steal market share from more established online brokerages. Due in part to its innovation, Robinhood was able to grow relatively quickly. Older and established brokerage firms eventually responded to Robinhood’s challenge. On October 1, 2019, the major online brokerages Charles Schwab and TD Ameritrade eliminated commissions for all their customers.25See, e.g., Paul R. La Monica, Charles Schwab and TD Ameritrade Will Eliminate Commissions for Stock and ETF Trading. The Online Broker Wars Are in Full Swing, CNN (Oct. 1, 2019), https://www.cnn.com/2019/10/01/investing/charles-schwab-eliminates-commissions/index.html [https://
perma.cc/S6FN-D5HH].
These platforms were quickly followed by another major online brokerage, E-Trade. Collectively, these entities had dominated the online brokerage business before the emergence of Robinhood.26Share prices of Charles Schwab, TD Ameritrade, and E-Trade experienced a significant loss in response to Charles Schwab’s zero commission announcement. See Lisa Beilfuss & Alexander Osipovich, The Race to Zero Commissions, Wall St. J. (Oct. 5, 2019, 5:30 AM), http://www.wsj.com/articles/the-race-to-zero-commissions-11570267802 [https://perma.cc/8SFL-B722]. Experts termed the move to zero commissions “inevitable” after Charles Schwab and TD Ameritrade’s decision on October 1, 2019. See id.; see also Past CFO Commentary, Charles Schwab (Oct. 1, 2019), http://www.aboutschwab.com/cfo-commentary/oct-2019 [https://perma.cc/9ZVV-NNU6] (announcing Charles Schwab’s decision to drop trading commissions).

The significance of this event cannot be overstated. The advent of zero-commission trading has been widely cited as a root factor in the explosion in retail investing activity.27See, e.g., Sayan Chaudhry & Chinmay Kulkarni, Design Patterns of Investing Apps and Their Effects on Investing Behaviors, Designing Interactive Systems Conference 778 (2021) (“For instance, absence of commissions for each trade in most popular investing apps can encourage more people to trade more frequently.”). Indeed, one of the leading financial economics explanations for individual non-participation in the stock market is that there is a cost of investing (including the brokerage commissions) that deters the less wealthy from participating in the market.28See Joseph Briggs, David Cesarini, Erik Lindqvist & Robert Östling, Windfall Gains and Stock Market Participation, 139 J. Fin. Econ. 57, 57–58 (2021); see also Annette Vissing-Jorgensen, Towards an Explanation of Household Portfolio Choice Heterogeneity: Nonfinancial Income and Participation Cost Structures 1 (Nat’l Bureau of Econ. Rsch., Working Paper No. 8884, 2002), https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=307121 [https://perma.cc/8XPC-LY7G] (finding that fixed entry costs can explain why low-income individuals do not invest in the stock market). By reducing the entry cost of trading (for example, brokerage commissions), the sudden 2019 decision by the major brokerages increased retail investor entry into the stock market.29See Maggie Fitzgerald, Retail Investors Continue to Jump into the Stock Market After GameStop Mania, CNBC (Mar. 10, 2021, 1:59 PM), https://www.cnbc.com/2021/03/10/retail-investor-ranks-in-the-stock-market-continue-to-surge.html [https://perma.cc/48Y7-ELZG] (“Retail trading has been accelerating since the industrywide decision to drop commissions in the fall of 2019.”).

Figure 1, which is replicated from our companion paper,30Dhruv Aggarwal, Albert H. Choi & Yoon-Ho Alex Lee, Meme Corporate Governance, 97 S. Cal. L. Rev. (forthcoming 2024) (manuscript at 26). validates the importance of the abolition of commissions—specifically, for turnover in companies that experiences meme surges. The bar graphs show the average daily turnovers, that is, the percentage of outstanding shares that are traded, separately for companies that experienced meme surges (later) and other firms. The companies include AMC, Bed Bath & Beyond, Blackberry, Express, Inc., GameStop, Koss, Robinhood, and Vinco Ventures. They are identified based on Factiva and internet searches, as well as a survey of the nascent literature on meme stocks.31See generally Michele Costola, Matteo Iacopini & Carlo R.M.A. Santagiustina, On the “Mementum” of Meme Stocks, 207 Econ. Letters (2021). The data for share turnover comes from the Center for Research in Stock Prices (“CRSP”). As Figure 1 indicates, while these firms had always seen a larger proportion of their outstanding shares traded, they saw a massive increase in turnover both after the abolition of commissions in October 2019 and the surge in 2021.

Figure 1.  Average Turnover for Meme Stocks and Other Firms

Notes: This figure shows a graph of the mean share turnover (shares traded each day as a percentage of total outstanding common stock) according to CRSP data. The data is presented separately for meme and non-meme stocks. Meme stocks include AMC, Bed Bath & Beyond, Blackberry, Express, Inc., GameStop, Koss, Robinhood, and Vinco Ventures. “Pre-Zero Commission” refers to the period from January 2015 to September 2019, “Post-Zero Commission” refers to the period from September 2019 to December 2020, and “Post-Meme Surge” refers to the period from January 2021 to December 2022.

Put differently, viewed from the perspective of the longer institutional history of PFOF, the retail investor surge in companies like AMC and GameStop was less like a revolutionary break from history and more akin to the episodic technology-driven upheavals in financial markets. Like the live transmission of NYSE quotes and evolution of the classic PFOF model in the 1980s, the emergence of Robinhood and zero-commission trading in recent years allowed retail investors to participate in financial markets. While retail investor coordination through social media websites is clearly a novel contributing feature of the meme phenomenon, the longstanding role of digital disruptions and the PFOF model cannot be ignored.

B.  Digital Transformation in Investing—Reddit and r/Wallstreetbets

Meanwhile, the online retail investing world was going through its own set of transformations. Social networks are central to the behavior and impact of retail investors. Inexperienced retail investors frequently turn to friends and family members for investing advice.32See Theresa Kuchler & Johannes Stroebel, Social Finance, 13 Ann. Rev. Fin. Econ. 37, 46–47 (2021). Financial economists, for instance, have found that retail investors’ decisions on investing in the stock market and constructing their portfolios are highly correlated with those of their neighbors.33See Cary Frydman, Relative Wealth Concerns in Portfolio Choice: Neural and Behavioral Evidence (Feb. 7, 2015) (working paper) (on file with author), https://ssrn.com/abstract=2561083 [https://perma.cc/KFL7-PAQB]; see also Jeffrey R. Brown, Zoran Ivković, Paul A. Smith & Scott Weisbenner, Neighbors Matter: Causal Community Effects and Stock Market Participation, 63 J. Fin. 1509, 1530 (2008) (finding that a person’s stock market participation depends on that of others in their community); Harrison Hong, Jeffrey D. Kubik & Jeremy C. Stein, Social Interaction and Stock-Market Participation, 59 J. Fin. 137, 137 (“[A]ny given ‘social’ investor finds the market more attractive when more of his peers participate.”); Kuchler & Stroebel, supra note 32, at 45 (alteration in original) (“[A]n investment version of [fear-of-missing-out] might drive individuals to invest when they see their friends doing well in the stock market.”). Interestingly, this research is consistent with braggartry being a key determinant of retail investors’ social behavior. It has been documented that when retail brokerages partnered with social networking platforms, investors became twice as likely to sell profitable assets and hold on to lossmaking stocks.34See Rawley Z. Heimer, Peer Pressure: Social Interaction and the Disposition Effect, 29 Rev. Fin. Stud. 3177, 3177 (2016) (“Access to the social network nearly doubles the magnitude of a trader’s disposition effect.”). This is likely because of the “disposition effect”—retail investors wanted their peers to admire their stock-picking prowess, and not admit their mistakes.35See id.; see also Kuchler & Stroebel, supra note 32, at 45–46 (summarizing peer effects in retail investor behavior).

Such bravado continues to characterize retail investors’ participation in online communities dedicated to meme stocks. The explosion in retail investor interest in meme stocks was propelled by posts on the Reddit group “r/Wallstreetbets.”36See Chris Stokel-Walker, GameStop: The Oral History of r/WallStreetBets’ Meme Stock Bubble, GQ (Mar. 22, 2021), https://www.gq-magazine.co.uk/lifestyle/article/gamestop-stock-oral-history [https://perma.cc/8PQ7-PA3E]. Posters engaged in bombastic exchanges, claiming to have made spectacular returns making bets on stocks that seems unmoored from realistic assessments of the companies’ business models or their fundamentals.37See, e.g., Mallika Mitra, Wall Street Bets and GameStop: How the Reddit Group Can Make a Stock Soar, Money (Jan. 27, 2021), https://money.com/reddit-wallstreetbets-stock-gamestop [https://perma.cc/Z3FK-ZR9Q] (discussing how Reddit posters at r/WallStreetBets often brag about making spectacular returns). The Reddit board attracted thousands of new followers drawn to the prospect of sharing in the benefits from pushing up the prices of stocks like AMC and GameStop.38See Steven Asarch, The History of WallStreetBets, the Reddit Group that Upended the Stock Market with a Campaign to Boost GameStop, Insider (Jan. 28, 2021, 12:36 PM), https://www.
insider.com/wallstreetbets-reddit-history-gme-gamestop-stock-dow-futures-yolo-2021-1 [https://perma.
cc/KCW6-SAFX].

Another important aspect of the digital transformation in the investing community is that it allowed retail investors to coordinate their expressive participation in the financial markets. Beyond boasting about eye-popping returns, users of the r/Wallstreetbets board were able to express their idiosyncratic likes and dislikes about the business model or customer services of the video game or movie theater companies.39See generally AMC Stock Breakdown: Is This Meme Stock a Financial Winner?, Forbes (Nov. 24, 2022, 10:30 AM), https://www.forbes.com/sites/qai/2022/11/24/amc-stock-breakdown-is-this-meme-stock-a-financial-winner [https://perma.cc/ECE7-7man]. The design of investing apps such as Robinhood catered to this expressive function of investing, with flashy graphics and leaderboards allowing meme traders to derive non-pecuniary benefits from investing.40See James Fallows Tierney, Investment Games, 72 Duke L.J. 353 (2022). Professor Tierney calls this an example of the “gamification” of contemporary investing. Scholars in other areas of the law have long recognized that individual actions are infused with social meaning, defined with reference to social norms.41See, e.g., Cass R. Sunstein, On the Expressive Function of Law, 144 U. Pa. L. Rev. 2021, 2022 (1996). Social media platforms like Reddit thus represent a digital disruption that has allowed retail investors to exchange notes not just about their trading exploits, but also their expressive preferences about firms in a group setting.

A distinction ought to be made between digital transformations in trading versus those in investing. In the former, digital transformations gradually brought about changes in the business models of brokerage firms, thus providing the general public with greater access to capital markets. In the latter, digital transformations changed the social meaning of investing for individual investors. Investing is no longer just a form of rationally deferred consumption; it has become a social activity through which to bond with others and to express one’s preference and identity.

C.  Digital Transformation in Governance—Corporate Forum Technology

Digital transformations have also shaped how management and shareholders engage in governance matters. To begin with, the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated the trend toward allowing virtual shareholder meetings.42See, e.g., Varun Eknath, Tiziana Londero & Syuzanna Simonyan, Are Virtual Meetings for Companies’ Shareholders and Board Members the New Normal?, World Bank Blogs (Jul. 26, 2021), https://blogs.worldbank.org/developmenttalk/are-virtual-meetings-companies-shareholders-and-board-members-new-normal [https://perma.cc/2TL3-2XM9] (explaining how the pandemic changed the perception regarding virtual shareholder meetings). A recent study found that many companies held their meetings exclusively online in 2020–21 due to the stay-at-home orders.43See Yaron Nili & Megan Wischmeier Shaner, Virtual Annual Meetings: A Path Toward Shareholder Democracy and Stakeholder Engagement, 63 B.C. L. Rev. 123, 129 n.22 (2022). Forty-four states and the District of Columbia already permitted companies to hold their annual meetings virtually as of 2020,44Id. at 156. but individual firms had been reluctant to allow online participation before the pandemic. Shareholder voting and engagement increased notably for firms that switched to online meetings.45See id. at 130 (“[W]hen Amazon decided to move its annual meeting online in May 2020, it experienced a nearly tenfold increase in participation.”); see also id. at 161–62 (“These trends suggest that virtual meetings could promote increased shareholder engagement . . . .”); id. at 171–72 (“[T]he average votes for as a percentage of shares outstanding increased by 8% from 2020 to 2021 for virtual meetings, compared to only 6% for in-person meetings.”).

Historically, retail shareholders’ propensity to cast their ballots in annual meetings has been low. According to one study, while retail domestic investors own approximately 26% (on average) of the outstanding shares of public companies,46Alon Brav, Matthew Cain & Jonathon Zytnick, Retail Shareholder Participation in the Proxy Process: Monitoring, Engagement, and Voting, 144 J. Fin. Econ. 492, 493 (2022). they only account for 11% of voted shares because of their low turnout. In the aggregate, retail shareholders tend to vote, on average, only 32% of their own shares.47See id. at 500; see also John C. Friess, Board Diversity Shareholder Suits: Diverging Materiality Tests Under Rules 10B-5 and 14A-9, 11 Mich. Bus. & Entrepreneurial L. Rev. 155, 193 (2021) (“Retail investors make up approximately 25% of the average public company’s shareholder base, yet, due to low turnout rates, they only account for about 10% of the votes at shareholders’ meetings, following a steady decline over the past two decades.”). The contrast between retail investors and institutional investors in terms of corporate voting is stark: according to a proxy report,  retail investors voted only 29% of their shares in 2014, while institutional investors voted 83%.48See Broadridge & PricewaterhouseCoopers, ProxyPulse, 2015 Proxy Season Preview 3 (2015), http://media.broadridge.com/documents/Broadridge-PwC-ProxyPulse-1st-Edition-2015.pdf [https://perma.cc/MY4B-KFQ3].

Multiple factors drive the low participation rate among retail investors. First, many retail shareholders may not even be aware that they have the right to vote in annual meetings. Often, they may not even receive notice of the meetings in a timely manner. Second, retail shareholders, many of whom do not have a significant stake, are busy with their daily lives and do not have incentives to spend the time or resources to understand the issues being voted on in corporate meetings. Voting can be particularly onerous when retail shareholders have a diversified portfolio and own shares in many (hundreds or even thousands of) companies. Third, because retail shareholders on average own only a tiny fraction of the outstanding shares, they will likely feel that their votes will not have an impact on the outcome.49See, e.g., Brav et al., supra note 46, at 500 (“[R]etail shareholders with small equity stakes are less likely to cast votes.”). Fourth, even for those interested in voting, the proposals being voted on can be complex, and retail shareholders may fear that they cannot make informed decisions in their best interest. In a similar vein, some shareholders may trust the management of the company and believe that they will act in the best interests of the shareholders, regardless of the outcome of the vote. All of these factors render retail shareholder apathy rational.

To address these concerns, a few startups have emerged, promising to harness technology to bring the shareholder experience into the twenty-first century. To this extent, there has been a noticeable increase in the development of shareholder voting apps.50See, e.g., Andrea Vittorio, Shareholder Apps Aim to Replace Companies’ Paper Ballots, Bloomberg L. (Apr. 29, 2019, 2:31 AM), https://www.bloomberglaw.com/bloomberg
lawnews/esg/X9CMAEI8000000?bna_news_filter=esg#jcite [https://perma.cc/2ZM6-THXZ].
This is due in part to the increasing popularity of mobile devices and the growing demand for convenience from investors. Shareholder voting apps are designed to make it easy for investors to vote their shares from their smartphones or tablets, without having to mail in a paper ballot, call a toll-free number, or log onto a website. Their features include: the ability to view and research company proposals; the ability to vote on company proposals; the ability to ask questions of company management; and the ability to receive timely updates on corporate news.

For example, Say Technologies is a platform recently acquired by Robinhood that allows shareholders to communicate directly with management, vote on polls, and submit questions for meetings and earnings calls, all through a smartphone app.51See Alex Wilhelm, Robinhood Buys Say Technologies for $140M to Improve Shareholder-Company Relations, TechCrunch (Aug. 10, 2021, 7:26 AM), https://techcrunch.com/2021/08/10/
robinhood-buys-say-technologies-for-140m-to-improve-shareholder-company-relations [https://perma.
cc/CWU6-EP8B].
Say Technologies is currently used by a variety of companies, including Tesla and Chevron.52Featured Companies, Say Techs, https://app.saytechnologies.com [https://perma.cc/E8EY-FU4F]. Other startups specifically focus on helping retail investors cast votes. Enhanced Broker Internet Platforms (“EBIPs”) serve retail investors by allowing them to access proxy materials and vote on their brokers’ websites.53Jill E. Fisch, Standing Voting Instructions: Empowering the Excluded Retail Investor, 102 Minn. L. Rev. 11, 36 (2017). Similar services are provided by Broadridge ProxyVote and eBallot—the latter being used by such companies as Apple, Amazon, and Facebook. Some apps provide more than just a platform for casting votes. For example, ProxyDemocracy goes further to inform retail investors how institutional investors plan to vote on different proposals.54Id. at 37. Each of these apps is designed to reduce the cost of meaningfully participating in annual meetings for retail shareholders. From this perspective, these digital transformations can be compared to the abolition of trading commissions discussed in Section I.A.

Potentially more impactful than the development of these apps, sporadic movements have taken place among shareholders of various companies to coordinate their votes. For example, on March 20, 2021, a Wall Street Bets (“WSB”) “megathread” was formed “for the purpose of discussing how to vote at the 2021 AMC Entertainment shareholders’ meetings.”55Sergio Alberto Gramitto Ricci & Christina M. Sautter, Corporate Governance Gaming: The Collective Power of Retail Investors, 22 Nev. L.J. 51, 78 (2021). If such threads were to become more commonplace and retail shareholders were to exhibit a herding behavior in their voting patterns or coordinate in voting, corporate governance could be democratized in ways akin to trading.

II.  THE RISE OF MEME TRADING: CONSEQUENCES AND IMPLICATIONS

The previous Part examined the technological developments and new business models that facilitated greater retail investing and eventually opened an era of meme trading. GameStop’s meme surge from January of 2021 was just one prominent example of meme stock surges that have been taking place episodically in recent years. The New York Times noted that meme surges were initially attributed to “hobbyists stuck at home spending stimulus checks, crusading to topple Wall Street trading houses they felt had rigged the financial system against them,”56Joe Rennison & Stephen Gandel, Meme Stocks are Back. Here’s Why Wild Trading May Be Here to Stay, N.Y. Times (Aug. 19, 2022), https://www.nytimes.com/2022/08/19/business/meme-stocks-bed-bath-beyond.html [https://perma.cc/7K2L-34SV]. but conceded that these firms continued to see elevated stock prices into 2022 and concluded that this could be a longer-lasting market phenomenon.57Id. Drawing on previous literature, this Part considers the consequences and implications of the rise of meme trading.

A.  Meme Surges and Predatory Trading

The sudden influx of retail investors—coupled with a platform that facilitates costless transactions and an internet forum that enables communication—implies trading markets that look very different today. Previously, retail trading was thought to have little effect on stock price movements. Retail investors could not easily coordinate their trades, and as a result, their idiosyncratic trades would tend to cancel each other out.58See, e.g., Sue S. Guan, Meme Investors and Retail Risk, 63 B.C. L. Rev. 2051, 2060 (2022) (“Traditional models of price discovery deem retail investors largely unable to affect price.”). Furthermore, in the presence of large institutional shareholders, including BlackRock, State Street, and Vanguard,59See, e.g., Dorothy S. Lund, Asset Managers as Regulators, 171 U. Pa. L. Rev. 77, 77–78 (2022) (describing the influence of large institutional shareholders on the corporate governance of portfolio companies); Lucian Bebchuk & Scott Hirst, The Specter of the Giant Three, 99 B.U. L. Rev. 721, 729–32 (2019) (describing the influence of large asset managers on corporate governance). the volume of trade that originates from retail investors tends to be relatively modest, particularly for companies with a large market capitalization. With coordinated trading and meme stock surges, however, this is no longer true, at least for small- to medium-sized companies. Retail trades today can have significant price impacts for certain companies’ stocks.60See Guan, supra note 58, at 2053 (“[R]etail trades are increasingly sticky and may predict future stock price movements.”). This change comes at a cost, however. Retail trades—especially expressive trades—can be emotionally driven based on the underlying companies’ cultural relevance.61See, e.g., Avi Salzman, The Meme Stock Trade Is Far from Over. What Investors Need to Know., Barron’s (July 12, 2021), https://www.barrons.com/articles/meme-stock-trade-far-from-over-51625875118 [https://perma.cc/BB4T-54CW] (“[T]he force behind [meme stock trading] is as much emotional and moral as financial.”). There is no indication that meme stocks prices reflect information about the companies’ underlying fundamentals.

Recall how the events played out in the GameStop meme surge.62For a general discussion of the GameStop meme surge of January 2021, see Jill E. Fisch, GameStop and the Reemergence of the Retail Investor, 102 B.U. L. Rev. 1799, 1806–16 (2022). GameStop had been losing money and was facing a liquidity crisis.63See, e.g., GameStop Form S-3 Registration Statement, Securities Act Registration No. 333 (Dec. 8, 2020); GameStop, Quarterly Report (Form 10-Q) (June 9, 2020); GameStop, Annual Report (Form 10-K) (Mar. 27, 2020); GameStop, Annual Report (Form 10-K) (Mar. 23, 2021); GameStop, Annual Report (Form 10-K) (Mar. 17, 2022). The market had been predicting (as evidenced by the low stock price) that the company would likely file for bankruptcy and possibly be liquidated in the near future.64See, e.g., Will Healy, Is GameStop Headed For Bankruptcy?, The Motley Fool (Feb. 22, 2020, 12:35 PM), https://www.fool.com/investing/2020/02/22/is-gamestop-headed-for-bankruptcy.aspx [https://perma.cc/9HCW-W3TN] (“The fact that so many people remain bearish about GameStop despite its low market cap suggests that they believe this game retailer will go bankrupt.”). A number of hedge funds—most prominently Melvin Capital—had taken a large short position against its stock, betting that the price would drop even further.65See, e.g., Laurence Fletcher, Hedge Fund that Bet Against GameStop Shuts Down, FIN. TIMES (June 21, 2021), https://www.ft.com/content/397bdbe9-f257-4ca6-b600-1756804517b6 [https://
perma.cc/X6QC-8PXH].
In January 2021, retail investors engaged in an active “buy” campaign to dramatically push up the GameStop stock price to the stratospheric level of over $483 per share from less than $4 per share.66Fisch, supra note 62, at 1806. Retail investors’ influx seems to have been driven in part to create a “short squeeze” against the hedge funds.67Tim Hasso Daniel Müller, Matthias Pelster & Sonja Warkulat, Who Participated in the GameStop Frenzy? Evidence from Brokerage Accounts, 45 Fin Rsch. Letters, Mar. 2022, at 1, 1 (“In January 2021, the GameStop stock was the epicenter of the first case of predatory trading initiated by retail investors.”). The end result was a large loss—and ultimate retreat—by the hedge funds.68See, e.g., Toby Mathis, How Much Did Hedge Funds Lose on GameStop?, Infinity Investing (Sept. 27, 2001), https://infinityinvesting.com/gamestop-hedge-fund [https://perma.cc/4QC5-4EJ6]. For a detailed exposition of how the GameStop saga unfolded in January of 2021, see, e.g., Fisch, supra note 62, at 1806–1816. Eventually, Melvin Capital would shut down a little more than a year later. See also Reuters, Melvin Capital to Shut After Heavy Losses on Meme Stocks, Market Slump, CNN (May 19, 2022), https://www.cnn.com/2022/05/19/investing/melvin-capital-hedge-fund-closes/index.html [https:
//perma.cc/GTL4-2AN4].
Market analysts observed that meme traders used Reddit to decide on target firms that typically had a smaller number of outstanding shares, and delighted in punishing market participants that had taken short positions in the selected companies.69Rennison & Gandel, supra note 56.

The short squeeze experienced by the hedge funds is an example of a more general class of trading, called “predatory trading”—trading that exploits known needs of other investors who must change their positions.70See generally Markus K. Brunnermeier & Lasse Heje Pedersen, Predatory Trading, 60 J. Fin. 1825 (2005) (modeling “predatory trading”). In an influential paper, Brunnermeier and Pedersen document historical examples of trades that exhibited these patterns and develop a formal model to analyze this scheme in the context where certain large investors have a known need to liquidate their portfolios.71Id. at 1853–54. According to their analysis, where a large trader has a need to sell certain stocks, which is predicted by another large trader, this other trader can “front-run” and sell the stocks ahead, and subsequently buy them back at a lower price—after the original trader sells his stocks and further brings down the price. Under this pattern, “a trader profits from triggering another trader’s crisis, and the crisis can spill over across traders and across markets.”72Id. at 1825. Importantly, the model assumes that the size of each strategic trade must be sufficiently large enough to have a price impact.73See id. at 1829.

GameStop’s short squeeze was essentially the mirror image of the trading pattern analyzed by these authors: where a hedge fund’s need to buy stocks—to cover its short position—is known, other investors, as a group, can strategically buy a significant share of the same stock to front-run the fund first and later sell those shares at a higher price after the fund eventually engages in the buy. What is notable was that the GameStop surge is the first case of predatory trading attributable to retail investors.74Hasso et al., supra note 67. The digital transformations we have witnessed in trading and investing have facilitated coordinated trades among retail investors to potentially participate in predatory trading for the first time and take a collective stance against hedge funds.75The model also highlights the possibility of predatory trading by retail investors in the other direction as well: retail investors can front-run an institutional investor when they become aware of the institutional investor’s need to sell a large number of shares. What also seems different about the meme surge is that, unlike traditional investing and predatory trading models, the retail investors (at least a large fraction of them) who participated in the surge seem to be driven not solely by the financial returns but seem to have been motivated by non-financial considerations, such as taking a stance against Wall Street or saving a company (possibly with some sentimental attachment) from bankruptcy. At least in theory, when a sufficiently large number of investors are willing to pay more than what a firm’s financials dictate, this could create a divergence between the stock price and the firm’s “fundamental” value.76See, e.g., Albert H. Choi & Eric Talley, Appraising the “Merger Price” Appraisal Rule, 34 J.L. Econ. & Org. 543, 552 (2018) (showing how some shareholders may have reservation values that are higher than the stock price).

An important question is whether the risk of short squeezes would discourage hedge funds from taking short positions on meme companies in the future despite their failing conditions. If hedge funds routinely stay away from short-selling meme stocks to avoid falling victim to meme surges, there will be a loss of price efficiency among those stocks. Of relevance, the SEC recently adopted a rule intended to increase transparency in short positions held by institutional investors.77Short Position and Short Activity Reporting by Institutional Investment Managers, Securities Act Release No. 34–98738, 88 Fed. Reg. 75100 (proposed Oct. 13, 2023). The new rule would require certain institutional investment managers to report their short position data and short activity data for equity securities on a monthly basis.78Id. at 75100. In theory, this rule could potentially worsen the risk of short squeezes—a concern that the agency’s own economic analysis has acknowledged.79Id. at 75160 (“Publicly releasing aggregated information about large short positions may . . . increase the risk of . . . orchestrated short squeezes.”) (footnote omitted). To address this concern, the SEC has decided to collect manger-specific data but release only aggregated and anonymized data to the public. The SEC believes that this arrangement “should reduce the likelihood of short squeezes” whole facilitating “improved detection of manipulative and potentially destabilizing activity.”80Id. It is too soon to tell how this new rule may affect the future of meme trading.

B.  At-the-Market Offering Opportunities

Meme surges do not affect investors alone. They have implications for meme stock companies as well. During its meme surge, GameStop took advantage of the elevated stock price and engaged in a large capital raising through a couple of stock sales—specifically, through at-the-market (“ATM”) offerings.81See, e.g., GameStop Prospectus Supplement, Securities Act Registration No. 333-251197 , at 2 (Jun. 9, 2021), https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1326380/000119312521186796/

d192873d424b5.htm [https://perma.cc/FUA9-PP4U] (“We have previously sold an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares of our common stock for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $556,691,221 pursuant to the Sales Agreement and the prospectus supplement filed by us on April 5, 2021.”).
An ATM offering allows an issuer to sell its stock at the prevailing market price. As a result, GameStop was able to address its dire need for liquidity. Once on the verge of running out of cash and filing for bankruptcy, GameStop was suddenly able to continue its business—thanks to its fan base that was purchasing its stock for reasons unrelated to its underlying business condition.82Most recently, GameStop recorded an unexpected profit. See, e.g., Clark Schultz, GameStop Soars 31% After the Retailer Records a Surprise Q4 Profit, Seeking Alpha (Mar. 21, 2023, 4:16 PM), https://seekingalpha.com/news/3949687-gamestop-soars-after-recording-a-surprise-q4-profit [https://
perma.cc/TSZ8-KM8C].
Importantly, at the time GameStop engaged in stock sales, it openly acknowledged in its prospectus that its stock price was not correlated with any fundamental changes in its business.83GameStop Prospectus Supplement, supra note 81 (“During [the time of meme surges], we have not experienced any material changes in our financial condition or results of operations that would explain such price volatility or trading volume.”) (emphasis added).

Does the era of meme trading then imply an era of aggressive ATM offerings? While it is reasonable to expect most meme stock companies to raise capital during moments of meme surges, our search of the SEC’s public company filings system shows that only two companies—GameStop and AMC84See AMC Entertainment, Prospectus Supplement, Securities Act File No. 333-251805 (Jan. 25, 2021), https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1411579/000110465921006891/tm214013-1_424b5.htm [https://perma.cc/LE9W-4RMB]. In the case of AMC Entertainment, Inc., after the capital raising, the company attempted to increase the authorized number of common shares to engage in further equity issuance, but the amendment proposal was resisted by the stockholders and was later dropped. More recently, AMC Entertainment issued AMC Preferred Equity Units (“APEs”), with the same economic rights as common stock, using the board’s authority to issue preferred stock so as to get around the charter amendment issue. See, e.g., Bernard Zambonin, AMC Preferred Equity (APE) Units: “The Market Does Not Get It,” The Street (Dec. 27, 2022, 5:53 AM), https://www.thestreet.com/
memestocks/amc/amc-ape-the-market-does-not-get-it [https://perma.cc/JYN9-JFBM].
—took advantage of meme surges and made offerings.

It is unclear why other meme stock companies did not similarly choose to take advantage of meme surges. One theory, advanced by the columnist Matt Levine, is that these companies were more cautious and wanted to avoid being blamed for knowingly selling shares at an inflated price.85Matt Levine, Money Stuff: Meme Stocks Will Come With a Warning, Bloomberg  (Feb. 9, 2021, 12:03 PM), https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2021-02-09/the-sec-wants-reddit-meme-stocks-to-admit-they-re-dangerous-kky96vuo [https://perma.cc/SC4C-M9G2] (“Selling overpriced stock—stock that you know is overpriced, that everyone knows is overpriced—is not in itself securities fraud. It just makes people nervous.”). However, the extent to which any of these companies would be held liable for making an opportunistic ATM offering is unclear. Securities regulation is based on the principle of full disclosure.86Santa Fe Indus., Inc. v. Green, 430 U.S. 462, 476–77 (1977). Even if stock prices are over-inflated, there is no obvious theory of liability when these companies fully acknowledge the mismatch between stock price movements and the company’s underlying financial conditions. Nevertheless, the SEC may still find ways to prevent or delay certain offerings.87See, e.g., Matt Levine, The Best Fraud Is in Plain Sight, Bloomberg (Jun. 22, 2020, 9:59 AM) https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2020-06-22/the-best-fraud-is-in-plain-sight?sref [https://perma.cc/L7P2-8YAT] (discussing how the SEC’s reaching out to Hertz regarding its prospectus led to Hertz’ termination of its planned securities offering while in bankruptcy).

The possibility of ATM offerings amid meme surges points to an unusual consequence of expressive investing. In the olden days, the common wisdom was that if you want to support a company, you should buy its products or services, not its stock (in the secondary market). The company does not get to enjoy any of the proceeds from the secondary market transactions of its stock. However, the combination of ATM offering mechanisms and meme surges suggest this wisdom may be obsolete: in the era of meme trading, retail investors can meaningfully express their support for the company through secondary market purchase of its stock. Their purchases can contribute to meme surges, which would offer the company an opportunity to rake in cash through an ATM offering.

C.  Implications for Securities Regulation

Beyond the implications for trading markets, meme trading has important implications for established doctrines in securities regulation. For example, Rule 10b-5 claims under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 represent the most common type of securities liability in the United States.88See Emily Strauss, Is Everything Securities Fraud?, 12 U.C. Irvine L. Rev. 1331, 1371 (2022). To establish a Rule 10b-5 cause of action, a plaintiff must demonstrate: “(1) a false statement or omission of material fact (2) made with scienter (3) upon which the plaintiff justifiably relied (4) that proximately caused the plaintiff’s injury.”89Robbins v. Koger Props., 116 F.3d 1441, 1447 (11th Cir. 1997). As we argue below, meme trading arguably undermines each of these four foundations of Rule 10b-5 liability. This could limit the retail investors’ recourse in case of misrepresentations or fraud.90We do not engage with the literature critiquing the general efficacy of current U.S. securities regulation and its ability to compensate shareholders or deter managerial misconduct. See, e.g., Roberta Romano, Empowering Investors: A Market Approach to Securities Regulation, 107 Yale L.J. 2359 (1998). Furthermore, it could reduce the disciplinary effect of litigation risk in curbing managerial misconduct.91See Dain C. Donelson & Christopher G. Yust, Litigation Risk and Agency Costs: Evidence from Nevada Corporate Law, 57 J.L. & Econ. 747, 749 (2014) (using a natural experiment to show that litigation risk has a disciplining effect on managers).

With respect to the first two elements of 10b-5 liability listed above—a material misstatement or omission and the scienter requirement—the general tumult of meme trading could allow managers to represent their actions as being immaterial or innocuous. For example, AMC’s CEO indulged his company’s committed meme followers online.92See Felix Gillette & Eliza Ronalds-Hannon, AMC’s CEO Turned His $9 Billion Company into a Meme Machine, Bloomberg (Aug. 17, 2022, 3:00 PM), https://www.bloomberg.com/
news/features/2022-08-17/amc-amc-stock-became-a-meme-thanks-to-adam-aron-s-antics [https://perma
.cc/VFT7-53MG].
He hosted them for a special movie screening, spent an hour every day reading feedback from meme traders on videos streamed on Twitter, and (allegedly) intentionally attended public Zoom meetings without his trousers on.93Id. Would a securities class action litigant be able to show that the CEO had made a material misstatement in reading supportive messages from meme traders or encouraging them online? After all, the meme investors’ Reddit messages and tweets were already in the public domain and should have been priced in if the market is informationally efficient.94See Eugene F. Fama, Efficient Capital Markets: A Review of Theory and Empirical Work, 25 J. Fin. 383, 383 (1970). Of course, a plaintiff could argue that the CEO creating hype around his stock is qualitatively different from an existing mass of anonymous Reddit posts doing so. However, the corporate defendant would plausibly have a colorable claim that simply regurgitating the meme investors’ widespread sentiments is neither a material misstatement nor one made with scienter.

On the other hand, meme surges will also complicate how the plaintiff may establish materiality in other settings. For example, if the defendant were to make a rosy but faulty announcement regarding its financials during an extremely volatile meme surge, whose movement is otherwise uncorrelated with the company’s fundamentals, the plaintiff’s expert may have an extremely difficult time establishing that the announcement was material based on an event study.

The unique meme investing scenario also calls into question whether securities plaintiffs can establish reliance or loss causation. As Professor Sue Guan has noted, successive waves of meme activity mean that even if a company, such as AMC, restates its earnings or corrects a misstatement, the stock reaction to the corporate misconduct may be submerged by price movement due to meme trading. This is especially true because meme companies are generally smaller firms whose stock prices can be more easily moved. Reliance is undermined because the lack of a price reaction near the company’s alleged misstatement or omission could imply that traders did not buy shares in reliance on the contested managerial act. Loss causation can similarly be challenged if the defendant can convince the court that its actions did not inflate the price of shares; instead, it can argue that meme trading pushed up the stock price.95See Guan, supra note 58, at 2100. A recent class action lawsuit illustrates the possible effect of meme trading on securities litigation. A district court judge granted Robinhood’s motion to dismiss in a lawsuit brought by investors alleging that the company overstated its financial performance in filings related to its initial public offering (IPO). These investors claimed that Robinhood should have disclosed that its abnormally high number of users at the time of its IPO was driven by the meme frenzy. However, the court agreed with Robinhood that meme trading was common knowledge, and the company had not made any material misstatements or omissions. See Golubowski v. Robinhood Markets, Inc., No. 21-cv-09767, 2023 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 23163 (N.D. Cal. Feb. 10, 2023); Dorothy Atkins, Meme Frenzy ‘No Secret’ Before Robinhood’s IPO, Judge Says, Law360 (Nov. 21, 2023), https://
http://www.law360.com/articles/1769089/meme-frenzy-no-secret-before-robinhood-s-ipo-judge-says [https://
perma.cc/PE9V-DNQF]. While this lawsuit relates to Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, Robinhood’s success reflects many of the defenses meme companies could raise in analogous Rule 10b-5 cases under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.
Meme traders and their bombastic puffery can thus serve as useful foot soldiers, insulating meme company executives from securities liability.

D.  Beyond Trading Markets

If meme trading is here to stay, what can we expect from meme and other retail traders beyond trading markets? A natural question one can ask is whether retail investors participating in meme trades can bring about meaningful changes as retail shareholders. After all, the digital transformations discussed in Part I have brought down the cost of participating in trading, investing, and governance activities. The GameStop saga and the meme stock frenzy of 2021 demonstrated the power of technology to coalesce dispersed individuals who can unite to bring about an impact and provide a check on institutional players. Thus, one interpretation of these events is that future technological developments can allow dispersed individuals to overcome the cost of collective action to further their collective agenda.

One line of predictions says that increased retail access to capital markets will democratize finance and such retail shareholders will embed their “prosocial” preferences on corporate policies.96See Fisch, supra note 62, at 1841–42, 1846–47; see also Grammito Ricci & Sautter, supra note 55 at 90–95; Sergio Alberto Gramitto Ricci & Christina M. Sautter, The Wireless Investors Movement, U. Chi. Bus. L. Rev. (Jan. 28, 2022), https://businesslawreview.uchicago.edu/online-archive/wireless-investors-movement [https://perma.cc/XXL7-X4TX] (“[Retail trading] will naturally expand into corporate-governance-based initiatives . . . .”). For example, Professors Sergio Alberto Gramitto Ricci and Christina Sautter observe that the new generation of investors will be more likely to pursue ESG goals rather than focusing on making a profit97Grammito Ricci & Sautter, supra note 55, at 77 (arguing that wireless investors are more likely to bring distinctive values to investing and are more apt to invest pursuant to their environmental, social, and corporate governance (“ESG”) values than to make a profit). and will engage in governance activities by exercising their shareholder rights.98Id. at 78 (“Wireless investors will evolve from trading to engaging in corporate governance by way of exercising their governance rights deriving from the shares they hold.”). The authors thus predict that meme traders and their activities will lead to a new paradigm for corporate governance. A similar view was echoed by Professor Jill Fisch. While focusing mostly on citizen capitalism’s benefits to economic development, Fisch also notes that “[c]itizen capitalism may also enhance the voice of ordinary citizens in corporate decisions” and argues that retail investors will be able to shape shareholder power.99Fisch, supra note 62, at 1839. She acknowledges that while governance measures “must ultimately command the support of institutions as well . . . . [I]n issuers with significant retail ownership, the retail vote can influence the outcome of critical shareholder votes.”100Id. at 1840.

On the other hand, there are also reasons to question the link between the distinct transformations in investing and ongoing corporate ownership. For one thing, there are significant differences between meme traders and retail shareholders in terms of their activities, goals, and execution costs. First, their bona fide activities are quite distinct: an investor’s activities include information-gathering and buying and selling; a shareholder’s activities include voting, nominating director candidates, submitting proposals, or running proxy contests. Second, their goals and payoffs may also be very different: a meme trader might trade for profit motives, for the thrill of using game-like apps, or for expressive reasons. Most of these are immediately realized through the act of trading. By contrast, a retail shareholder may recognize that she has a very little chance of affecting any proposal outcomes and many of the changes may not be realized in the short run.101Indeed, the low probability of affecting policy while assuredly bearing the cost of exercising one’s vote has long been used as an argument in public choice theory for the irrationality of voting even in democratic elections. See also Timothy J. Fedderson, Rational Choice Theory and the Paradox of Not Voting, 18 J. Econ. Persps. 99, 102–03 (2004). See generally Anthony Downs, An Economic Theory of Democracy (1957) (arguing that the electorate balances expected costs and benefits when deciding whether to vote).

Third, while digital transformations discussed in Part I largely reduced the participation costs for both meme traders’ activities (trading) and shareholders’ activities (voting), voting on corporate proposals still entails information costs (not present for pure meme trading activities) that have not been eradicated. Finally, meme trading does not take place across all companies. To date, meme surges have been limited to a relatively small set of companies with particular characteristics—such as low stock prices, low market capitalizations, high bid-ask spread, and cultural relevance.102See Naaman Zhou, What Is GameStop, Where Do the Memes Come in, and Who Is Winning or Losing?, The Guardian (Jan. 28, 2021), https://www.theguardian.com/culture/2021/jan/28/what-is-gamestop-where-do-the-memes-come-in-and-who-is-winning-or-losing [https://perma.cc/VVK2-UDD4] (observing that meme stock prices were low, so they were easily accessible to the average person, and they were culturally popular). Indeed, all eight meme stock companies we analyze are mid- to small-cap companies, valued under $10 billion in market capitalization (and some with a much smaller market capitalization).103The market capitalizations of meme stock companies we examine range from about $56.2 million to $9.2 billion. Their respective market capitalizations, as of January 2023, are: $9.2 billion for Robinhood, $7 billion for GameStop, $2.8 billion for AMC, $2.5 billion for BlackBerry, $300 million for Bed Bath & Beyond, $150 million for Vinco, $77 million for Express, and $56 million for Koss. By comparison, the smallest company in S&P 500 index has a market capitalization of $14.6 billion. See Aggarwal et al. supra note 30. But in general, small companies are prima facie less likely to attract significant shareholder activities104Kobi Kastiel & Yaron Nili, The Corporate Governance Gap, 131 Yale L.J. 782, 782 (2022). As Professors Kobi Kastiel and Yaron Nili document, in small-cap corporations, “the adoption of governance arrangements is less organized and systematic, often representing a significant departure from the norms set by larger companies.” Id. at 787. and less likely to attract shareholder proposals.105See Kobi Kastiel & Yaron Nili, In Search of the “Absent” Shareholders: A New Solution to Retail Investors’ Apathy, 41 Del. J. Corp. L. 55, 67 (2016). Meme trading has thus centered on companies whose financial fundamentals do not augur well for sustained shareholder engagement.

For these reasons, a sudden burst of enthusiasm for meme trading may not instantly translate to one for shareholder activities, and meme surges and their impacts may remain orthogonal to shareholder activities. Given this uncertainty in the promise of meme trading, there are important research questions that remain unexplored, to which we now turn.

III.  A MEME GOVERNANCE RESEARCH AGENDA

A.  Traders and Shareholders

Future work in meme corporate governance should try to disentangle the extent to which sentiment-driven investors sustain their engagement when they become shareholders. The literature review from Part II makes clear that vigilance or activism looks different for investors and shareholders. Activism among retail investors may not necessarily translate to activism among retail shareholders. At the same time, particularly with respect to those retail investors who stayed as shareholders at meme stock companies long past the meme surge (and subsequent crash), one would argue that they are likely to care much more about the company’s governance and long-term performance and become more active in exercising their rights as shareholders. Relatedly, work in empirical corporate finance also finds that passive mutual funds, despite being “lazy investors,” directly or indirectly participate as shareholders. Increased shareholding by these institutional investors leads to greater board independence, fewer takeover defenses, and more equal voting rights.106See Ian R. Appel, Todd A. Gormley & David B. Keim, Passive Investors, Not Passive Owners, 121 J. Fin. Econ. 111, 134 (2016) (showing how an increase in institutional ownership, due to changes in Russell stock indices, improves corporate governance and performance).

In our companion project,107Aggarwal et al., supra note 30. we uncover empirical evidence that meme (and other retail) shareholders may not display the same vigor or aspirations ascribed to them by the literature focused on meme investors. Examining shareholder voting, we find that participation in the proposal process substantially decreased for meme stock companies, like AMC and GameStop, after the abolition of commissions in 2019 and the meme surge in 2021 compared to other companies, even when we control for firm characteristics and include year fixed effects.108See id. This can be easily seen in Figure 2, reproduced from our companion project.109Id. at 26. The dark lines, both solid and dotted, represent the share of non-votes at meme stock companies, on routine and non-routine matters, respectively. Meme stocks are defined as explained in Section I.A.

Figure 2.  Average Share of Non-Votes for Meme and Non-Meme Stocks by Proposal Type

 
   

Note: This figure presents information on the yearly average percentage of votes that were not voted in shareholder meetings. We define the number of non-votes as Total Outstanding Shares (Votes For + Votes Against + Abstentions). We split the data by meme/non-meme stock as well as proposal type (that is, whether or not it qualifies as “routine” as defined in NYSE Rule 452).

In Figure 2, we can see that, compared to other companies, the non-vote shares increased markedly since 2018. Though it is difficult to infer that the non-votes are all coming from retail shareholders, given the low rate of vote participation among retail shareholders, it would not be unreasonable to infer that the increase in non-vote shares comes from the dramatic shift in shareholder base to retail shareholders. The increase in non-voting at meme companies is especially stark for “non-routine” proposals, for which brokers cannot vote on behalf of their clients.110See Rule 452. Giving Proxies by Member Organization, N.Y. Stock Exch., https://nyseguide.srorules.com/rules [https://perma.cc/Y8AH-S7MS]. What is perhaps surprising is the fact that the non-vote shares seem to be increasing even in 2022, a long time after the meme surge in early 2021, indicating that perhaps even those retail investors who stayed with the companies do not seem to be actively participating in firm governance. Moreover, no shareholder proposals made it onto the proxies of any of the meme companies after 2019.111See Aggarwal et al., supra note 30, at 29–34.

With respect to indirect measures of corporate governance, we also find that meme companies’ performance on ESG issues as well as board gender diversity either declined or remained the same compared to other firms, once again controlling for firm characteristics and time trends.112See id. at 36–39. In short, there is so far little evidence to suggest that retail investors have left much of a mark with respect to engaging management or nudging companies in more prosocial directions.

Any work on the meme phenomenon must confront the different incentives and behavioral patterns characterizing retail investors and retail shareholders. Apart from the natural functional disjuncture caused by the purchase of shares, one could also argue that technology and digital transformation plays less of a role for shareholders as compared to investors. While we have seen apps like Robinhood disrupt the PFOF system and “gamify” investing, large chunks of the shareholder experience seem trapped in amber. Corporate voting, for example, depends on a fragile and complex custodial system that is arguably decades out of date with contemporary digital capabilities, making it hard to ensure that shareholders can actually exercise their franchise.113See Marcel Kahan & Edward Rock, The Hanging Chads of Corporate Voting, 96 Geo. L.J. 1227, 1248 (2008). Admittedly, as described in Section I.C., some startups are trying to use technology to improve shareholder-management communication. However, until such initiatives become mainstream, the disconnect between twenty-first century investing and the twentieth century shareholding will continue to be an important line of inquiry for researchers.

B.  Identifying Sentiment-Driven Stocks

A broader research agenda studying the effect of retail investor sentiment on corporate governance must necessarily define the core variable of interest: which companies could one credibly claim are affected by meme activity or online communities coordinated via social media? The current literature is somewhat reactive in nature, defining meme stocks based on which companies have already experienced meme surges or seen online communities formed around them.114See also Costola et al., supra note 31, at 2. See generally Aggarwal et al., supra note 30. One concern with such an approach could be whether it is generalizable: are these companies meme stocks solely because of the PFOF system or Reddit discussions, or is there something intrinsically unique about them? Moreover, in comparing meme stocks with other companies, we need to make sure we do not misclassify other companies driven by retail investor sentiment as non-meme companies. For example, some online commentators even called Tesla a meme stock because of its dedicated group of online retail followers, and its chief executive officer’s high visibility on social media.115See Bernard Zambonin, Is Tesla the “King of Meme Stocks”?, TheStreet (Aug. 24, 2022, 7:39 AM), https://www.thestreet.com/memestocks/other-memes/is-tesla-the-king-of-meme-stocks [https://perma.cc/35WC-UUJ7]. However, Tesla has been excluded from most academic analyses of meme stocks since it differs from AMC, GameStop, and others in crucial ways (by, for example, having a credible business model and sufficient analyst coverage that could plausibly explain the stock’s success instead of online coordination by meme investors).116See generally Aggarwal et al., supra note 30.

Nevertheless, the broader point remains: there is a need for a generalizable definition of meme stocks that does not depend on factors that are idiosyncratic to those companies. This concern about endogeneity is a central feature of empirical corporate finance scholarship. For example, for many years, corporate law scholars believed that poison pills (antitakeover devices that directors can use to deter hostile takeovers) depressed firm value. However, more recent work shows that poison pills are adopted in the first place by firms that had suffered decreases in performance. Once we account for these pre-existing performance drops, there is little evidence that poison pills affect firm value.117See Emiliano M. Catan, The Insignificance of Clear-Day Poison Pills, 48 J. Legal Stud. 1, 1 (2019). Similarly, an externally valid definition of meme stocks could help us rule out other explanatory factors for changes in corporate governance at any given set of companies.118Costola et al., supra note 31, propose such a measure based on the convergence of price surges, trading volumes, and social media interest in companies. While their approach is promising, they base this measure on the characteristics of companies already termed in the press as meme stocks. Therefore, to the extent that other companies experienced meme surges but were not seen in the media as meme stocks, this measure might be calibrated on an incomplete set of “true” meme firms.

While this Article does not propose any particular measure of meme stock or retail investor sentiment, we believe there are three potentially promising avenues for finding such a metric. First, researchers could look at media coverage of companies. Firms that feature more prominently in the media and elicit more “emotional” responses (whether positive or negative) may be more likely to emerge as meme stocks. New methods in the textual analysis of data could help make such an empirical measure tractable.119See Matthew Gentzkow, Bryan Kelly & Matt Taddy, Text as Data, 57 J. Econ. Lit. 535, 535 (2019). Second, one could look at how accessible companies are to resource-constrained retail investors. Meme companies, such as AMC and GameStop, were generally smaller (both in terms of market capitalization and trading volume) and had lower share prices.120See supra notes 102–103 and accompanying text. Companies with such financial features could be more likely to attract retail investors.121We can also imagine that other characteristics, such as the skewness of the stock return, can matter. Finally, meme phenomena can also be closely tied to nostalgia. Many retail investors poured into AMC, for example, because they were millennials who fondly remembered going to the company’s movie theaters and did not want to lose the chain to a COVID-19-induced bankruptcy.122Forbes, supra note 39. Nostalgia, if amenable to a satisfactory definition, could be a predictor for a company’s attractiveness to millennial meme investors. Whichever definition proves most fruitful, robust empirical examination of the meme stock phenomenon would help us better understand the events of 2021–22.

CONCLUSION

The meme surge of 2020–21 captured the attention of investors, firms, and regulators across the world. In this Article, we have attempted to contextualize this phenomenon within the broader trend of digital transformations in trading, investing, and corporate ownership. The modification of the payment for order flow system through the abolition of commissions radically transformed the trading process, and lowered entry costs for retail investors thinking about entering the stock market or constructing their portfolio. The investing experience was also affected by the emergence of social media platforms that complemented existing online brokerages. These platforms allowed retail investors to exchange notes on investing strategy as well as their expressive likes or dislikes for meme companies (regardless of the quality of information undergirding these preferences). Digital transformation has been most modest, however, in reshaping the ownership or shareholding experience. While some startups have tried to make it easier for shareholders to vote or communicate with managers, many of the processes surrounding shareholder participation do not harness the latest technologies.

Moving from the origins to consequences of these digital transformations, we flag three potential troubling consequences of meme trading that go unaddressed by the current system for public regulation of securities markets. First, it could increase the occurrence of predatory trading (exploiting counterparties’ need to change positions), except that this time the predators could be retail investors. Second, meme surges could induce more ATM offerings by companies keenly followed on social media; firm management would want to timely raise capital while their share prices are inflated. Third, the unique setup of the meme investing ecosystem could undermine a potential securities plaintiff’s claim under Rule 10b-5, and undercut the role played by litigation risk in compensating defrauded investors and disciplining managerial misconduct.

Reviewing the existing literature on the promise of retail investors in corporate governance, we argue that in the absence of further technological disruption affecting the shareholding experience, it is unlikely that meme investing will lead to a “democratization” in governance. For a variety of reasons, it may be hard to transform retail investors into engaged retail shareholders. Finally, we sketch a research agenda for future work on meme stocks. First, future work must disentangle the extent to which non-traditional market participants can make an impact as traders versus as shareholders. Second, there is a need to develop a more objective metric to identify stocks moved by retail investor sentiment, rather than the somewhat idiosyncratic collection of companies that featured in the events of 2021–22.

This Article therefore cautions against viewing the meme surges as simply the product of the COVID-19 pandemic or Reddit social boards. Instead, systematic digital transformations in all facets of the financial markets have allowed retail investors to coordinate their expressive preferences for companies. Meme trading is here to stay. This retail coordination could lead to issues concerning predatory trading, ATM offerings, and reduced litigation liability that our current securities regulation system is ill-equipped to handle. While we lack evidence that these digital disruptions can transform retail investors into engaged shareholders, further research should seek to distinguish investing and shareholding activities, and better define what qualifies as a “meme stock.”

96 S. Cal. L. Rev. 1387

Download

* Assistant Professor of Law, Northwestern Pritzker School of Law.

† Paul G. Kauper Professor of Law, University of Michigan Law School and European Corporate Governance Institute (“ECGI”).

‡ Professor of Law, Northwestern Pritzker School of Law.

Tracing the Diverse History of Corporate Residual Claimants

Postscript | Corporate Law
Tracing the Diverse History of Corporate Residual Claimants
by Sung Eun (“Summer”) Kim*

Vol. 95, Postscript (Jan 2022)
95 S. Cal. L. Rev. Postscript 43 (2022)

Keywords: Corporate Law, Residual Rights

The conventional understanding in corporate law is that shareholders are the residual claimants of corporations because they own the residual right to profits. Based on this understanding, shareholders are entitled to a host of corporate law rights and protections—including the right to vote and fiduciary duty protections. However, a review of the origin and history of residual claimant theory shows that the theory originally envisaged a broad conception of the residual claim that goes beyond profits, leading to a diverse array of stakeholders being the residual claimants of corporations over time. Depending on which of the theories of rent, interest, wages, or profit was adopted, each of the landlord, capitalist, laborer, and entrepreneur has been considered the residual claimant of the corporation. This history shows that the prevailing view of shareholders as the exclusive residual claimants of the corporation is a relatively recent understanding and that the historical record supports a more diverse conception of the residual claimant. In that sense, residual claimant analysis is better understood as a theory for the stakeholder model of the firm than the shareholder primacy model, as it is presently understood.

* Professor of Law, University of California, Irvine School of Law. I am grateful to Mehrsa Baradaran, Joshua Blank, Jill Fisch, Vic Fleischer, Jonathan Glater, Alex Lee, Jennifer Koh Lee, Stephen Lee, Christopher Leslie, Omri Marian, L. Song Richardson, and Arden Rowell for reading prior versions of this Article and providing helpful comments. I also benefitted from the opportunity to present and receive feedback on this project at the Trans-Pacific Business Law Dialogue (September 2020) and the University of Florida Business Law Conference (November 2020). Tianmei Ann Huang and Nick Nikols provided extraordinary research assistance, and Vivian Liu, Mindy Vo, Elizabeth Bell, and Jessica Block of the Southern California Law Review Postscript team, Deborah Choi, and Matthew Perez provided superb editorial assistance. Any errors are my own.

The Giant Shadow of Corporate Gadflies by Kobi Kastiel and Yaron Nili

Article | Corporate Governance
The Giant Shadow of Corporate Gadflies

by Kobi Kastiel* and Yaron Nili†

From Vol. 94, No. 3
94 S. Cal. L. Rev. 569 (2021)

Keywords: Corporate Law, Shareholders, Corporate Social Responsibility

Modern-day shareholders influence corporate America more than ever before. From demanding greater accountability of executives, to lobbying for a variety of social and environmental policies, shareholders today have the power to alter how American companies are run. Amazingly, a small group of individual shareholders wields unprecedented power to set corporate agendas and stands at the epicenter of our contemporary corporate governance ecosystem. In fact, the power of these individuals, known as “corporate gadflies,” continues to rise.
Corporate gadflies present a puzzling reality. Although public corporations in the United States are increasingly owned by large institutional investors, much of their corporate governance agenda has been and is still dominated by a handful of individuals who own tiny slivers of most large companies. How does an economy with corporate equity in the trillions of dollars cede so much governance power to corporate gadflies? More importantly, should it? Surprisingly, scholars have paid little attention to the role of corporate gadflies in this ever-changing governance landscape.
This Article is the first to address the giant shadow that corporate gadflies cast on the corporate governance landscape in the United States. The Article makes three contributions to the literature. First, using a comprehensive dataset of all shareholder proposals submitted to the S&P 1500 companies from 2005 to 2018, it offers a detailed empirical account of both the growing power and influence that corporate gadflies wield over major corporate issues and of gadflies’ power to set governance agendas. Second, the Article uses the context of corporate gadflies to elucidate a key governance debate over the role of large institutional investors in corporate governance. Specifically, the Article underscores the potential concerns raised by the activity of corporate gadflies and questions the current deference of institutional investors to these gadflies regarding the submission of shareholder proposals. Finally, the Article proposes policy reforms aimed at reframing the current discourse on shareholder proposals and potentially sparking a new line of inquiry regarding the role of investors in corporate governance.

*. Assistant Professor of Law, Tel Aviv University; Research Fellow and Lecturer on Law, Harvard Law School Program on Corporate Governance.

†. Associate Professor of Law, University of Wisconsin Law School and Smith-Rowe Faculty Fellow in Business Law. For helpful comments and suggestions, the Authors would like to thank Albert Choi, Asaf Eckstein, Yuval Feldman, Jesse Fried, Eric Goodwin, Zohar Goshen, Assaf Hamdani, Sharon Hannes, Cathy Hwang, Rob Jackson, Adi Libson, Amir Licht, Ehud Kamar, Kate Litvak, Dorothy Lund, James McRitchie, Gideon Parchomovsky, Ed Rock, Sarath Sanga, Bernard Sharfman, Eric Talley and the participants of the Rethinking the Shareholder Franchise Conference at the University of Wisconsin, the 2020 National Business Law Scholars Conference, the 2020 Annual Meeting of the Israeli Private Law Association, the Faculty Lunch Seminar at Tel Aviv University, the law and economics and empirical studies workshops at Bar Ilan University, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Missouri Law School Faculty Colloquium, the BYU Law 2020 Winter Deals Conference, the University of Florida 2020 Business Law Conference, and the Soshnick Colloquium on Law and Economics at Northwestern Pritzker School of Law. Maya Ashkenazi, Katie Gresham, Gabrielle Kiefer, James Kardatzke, Chris Kardatzke, Tom Shifter, Maayan Weisman, and Gretchen Winkel provided valuable research assistance.

View Full PDF

A Transactional Genealogy of Scandal: From Michael Milken to Enron to Goldman Sachs – Article by William W. Bratton & Adam J. Levitin

From Volume 86, Number 4 (May 2013)
DOWNLOAD PDF

Three scandals have reshaped business regulation over the past thirty years: the securities fraud prosecution of Michael Milken in 1988, the Enron implosion of 2001, and the Goldman Sachs “ABACUS” enforcement action of 2010. The scandals have always been seen as unrelated. This Article highlights a previously unnoticed transactional affinity tying these scandals together—a deal structure known as the synthetic collateralized debt obligation involving the use of a special purpose entity (“SPE”). The SPE is a new and widely used form of corporate alter ego designed to undertake transactions for its creator’s accounting and regulatory benefit.

The SPE remains mysterious and poorly understood despite its use in framing transactions involving trillions of dollars and its prominence in foundational scandals. The traditional corporate alter ego was a subsidiary or affiliate with equity control. The SPE eschews equity control in favor of control through preset instructions emanating from transactional documents. In theory, these instructions are complete or very close thereto, making SPEs a real-world manifestation of the “nexus of contracts” firm of economic and legal theory. In practice, however, formal designations of separateness do not always stand up under the strain of economic reality.


 

86_783

Investment Company as Instrument: The Limitations of the Corporate Governance Regulatory Paradigm – Article by Anita K. Krug

From Volume 86, Number 2 (January 2013)
DOWNLOAD PDF

U.S. regulation of public investment companies (such as mutual funds) is based on a notion that, from a governance perspective, investment companies are simply another type of business enterprise, not substantially different from companies that produce goods or provide (noninvestment) services. In other words, investment company regulation is founded on what this Article calls a “corporate governance paradigm,” in that it provides a significant regulatory role for boards of directors, as the traditional governance mechanism in business enterprises, and is “entity centric,” focusing on intraentity relationships to the exclusion of super-entity ones. This Article argues that corporate governance norms, which came to dominate U.S. investment company regulation as a result of the unique history of U.S. investment companies, are poorly-suited to achieve the goals of investment company regulation. In particular, the corporate governance paradigm has given rise to a number of regulatory weaknesses, which stem from investment advisers’ effective control over investment company boards of directors and courts’ deference to state corporate law doctrine in addressing investors’ grievances. Accordingly, investment company regulation should acknowledge that investment companies are not merely another type of business enterprise with the same challenges and tensions arising from the separation of ownership and control that appear in the traditional corporate context. Toward that end, this Article contends that policymakers should view, and regulate, investment companies as an avenue through which investment advisers provide financial services (investment-advisory services, in particular) to investors–and should view investment company shareholders more as advisory customers than as equity owners of a firm. This “financial services” model of regulation moves past the entity focus of corporate governance norms and, therefore, permits dispensing with governance by an “independent” body such as the board of directors. More importantly, if adopted, this model would remedy some of the more significant problems plaguing U.S. investment company regulation.


 

86_263

Process over Structure: An Organizational Behavior Approach to Improving Corporate Boards – Article by Nicola Faith Sharpe

From Volume 85, Number 2 (January 2012)
DOWNLOAD PDF

History has shown that the scholarly and regulatory focus on board composition and structure is a dangerously incomplete solution to the problems that have caused recent corporate failures. The media and corporate scholars have assigned much of the blame for the 2008 financial crisis and the Enron-era corporate scandals to corporate boards. The conventional diagnosis of these ills is that boards were largely at fault because they failed to effectively monitor corporate officers. Unfortunately the conventional diagnosis of the problem is incomplete and the policy prescriptions flowing from this faulty diagnosis are unlikely to address the very real problems that continue to plague corporate governance.

The principal problem is that most regulatory attempts fail to adequately consider an essential step in understanding the board’s relationship to corporate failure: the process by which boards monitor corporate performance. By relying on insights from a robust organization behavior literature, this Article demonstrates that the processes boards employ to undertake their monitoring function are in need of significant improvement. In other words, how boards engage in management monitoring should be the focus of corporate regulatory reform, more so than who sits on boards or how boards are structured.


 

85_261